EP1734912B1 - Apparatus for rehabilitation and training - Google Patents
Apparatus for rehabilitation and training Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- EP1734912B1 EP1734912B1 EP05703184.1A EP05703184A EP1734912B1 EP 1734912 B1 EP1734912 B1 EP 1734912B1 EP 05703184 A EP05703184 A EP 05703184A EP 1734912 B1 EP1734912 B1 EP 1734912B1
- Authority
- EP
- European Patent Office
- Prior art keywords
- patient
- optionally
- motion
- rehabilitation
- arm
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Lifetime
Links
- 238000012549 training Methods 0.000 title description 28
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 claims description 365
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 claims description 107
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 claims description 21
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 71
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 48
- 210000003414 extremity Anatomy 0.000 description 47
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 29
- 210000001503 joint Anatomy 0.000 description 27
- 230000008450 motivation Effects 0.000 description 21
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 19
- 210000002414 leg Anatomy 0.000 description 18
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 18
- 210000000707 wrist Anatomy 0.000 description 18
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 16
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 12
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000003032 molecular docking Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000036316 preload Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000001149 cognitive effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000003930 cognitive ability Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 210000002683 foot Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000037230 mobility Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000036544 posture Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000004043 responsiveness Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000005021 gait Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000006996 mental state Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 5
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000284 resting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001755 vocal effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 206010044565 Tremor Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000003423 ankle Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007667 floating Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003155 kinesthetic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000691 measurement method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000554 physical therapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003319 supportive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 2
- 244000261422 Lysimachia clethroides Species 0.000 description 2
- 244000269722 Thea sinensis Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000011374 additional therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000036461 convulsion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000994 depressogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000245 forearm Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009499 grossing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003189 isokinetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003127 knee Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000003340 mental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002232 neuromuscular Effects 0.000 description 2
- NJPPVKZQTLUDBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N novaluron Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(OC(F)(F)C(OC(F)(F)F)F)=CC=C1NC(=O)NC(=O)C1=C(F)C=CC=C1F NJPPVKZQTLUDBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002853 ongoing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035807 sensation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001148 spastic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 241000238876 Acari Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010002942 Apathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 244000025254 Cannabis sativa Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010014357 Electric shock Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000008238 Muscle Spasticity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010033799 Paralysis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002917 arthritic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013528 artificial neural network Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004397 blinking Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001680 brushing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010008129 cerebral palsy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001143 conditioned effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013256 coordination polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013016 damping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009849 deactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004851 dishwashing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001513 elbow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008014 freezing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007710 freezing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002599 functional magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012812 general test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000015220 hamburgers Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004247 hand Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009532 heart rate measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007373 indentation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003141 lower extremity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003923 mental ability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037023 motor activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005036 nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008035 nerve activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037081 physical activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004393 prognosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002250 progressing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012827 research and development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008261 resistance mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013077 scoring method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910001285 shape-memory alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000000323 shoulder joint Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000018198 spasticity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035900 sweating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009182 swimming Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002435 tendon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B34/00—Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
- A61B34/30—Surgical robots
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H1/00—Apparatus for passive exercising; Vibrating apparatus; Chiropractic devices, e.g. body impacting devices, external devices for briefly extending or aligning unbroken bones
- A61H1/02—Stretching or bending or torsioning apparatus for exercising
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
- A61B5/16—Devices for psychotechnics; Testing reaction times ; Devices for evaluating the psychological state
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
- A61B5/74—Details of notification to user or communication with user or patient; User input means
- A61B5/7475—User input or interface means, e.g. keyboard, pointing device, joystick
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H1/00—Apparatus for passive exercising; Vibrating apparatus; Chiropractic devices, e.g. body impacting devices, external devices for briefly extending or aligning unbroken bones
- A61H1/02—Stretching or bending or torsioning apparatus for exercising
- A61H1/0237—Stretching or bending or torsioning apparatus for exercising for the lower limbs
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H1/00—Apparatus for passive exercising; Vibrating apparatus; Chiropractic devices, e.g. body impacting devices, external devices for briefly extending or aligning unbroken bones
- A61H1/02—Stretching or bending or torsioning apparatus for exercising
- A61H1/0237—Stretching or bending or torsioning apparatus for exercising for the lower limbs
- A61H1/0255—Both knee and hip of a patient, e.g. in supine or sitting position, the feet being moved together in a plane substantially parallel to the body-symmetrical plane
- A61H1/0262—Walking movement; Appliances for aiding disabled persons to walk
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H1/00—Apparatus for passive exercising; Vibrating apparatus; Chiropractic devices, e.g. body impacting devices, external devices for briefly extending or aligning unbroken bones
- A61H1/02—Stretching or bending or torsioning apparatus for exercising
- A61H1/0274—Stretching or bending or torsioning apparatus for exercising for the upper limbs
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H1/00—Apparatus for passive exercising; Vibrating apparatus; Chiropractic devices, e.g. body impacting devices, external devices for briefly extending or aligning unbroken bones
- A61H1/02—Stretching or bending or torsioning apparatus for exercising
- A61H1/0292—Stretching or bending or torsioning apparatus for exercising for the spinal column
- A61H1/0296—Neck
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B21/00—Exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening the muscles or joints of the body by working against a counterforce, with or without measuring devices
- A63B21/00178—Exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening the muscles or joints of the body by working against a counterforce, with or without measuring devices for active exercising, the apparatus being also usable for passive exercising
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B21/00—Exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening the muscles or joints of the body by working against a counterforce, with or without measuring devices
- A63B21/00181—Exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening the muscles or joints of the body by working against a counterforce, with or without measuring devices comprising additional means assisting the user to overcome part of the resisting force, i.e. assisted-active exercising
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B21/00—Exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening the muscles or joints of the body by working against a counterforce, with or without measuring devices
- A63B21/005—Exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening the muscles or joints of the body by working against a counterforce, with or without measuring devices using electromagnetic or electric force-resisters
- A63B21/0058—Exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening the muscles or joints of the body by working against a counterforce, with or without measuring devices using electromagnetic or electric force-resisters using motors
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B21/00—Exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening the muscles or joints of the body by working against a counterforce, with or without measuring devices
- A63B21/40—Interfaces with the user related to strength training; Details thereof
- A63B21/4001—Arrangements for attaching the exercising apparatus to the user's body, e.g. belts, shoes or gloves specially adapted therefor
- A63B21/4017—Arrangements for attaching the exercising apparatus to the user's body, e.g. belts, shoes or gloves specially adapted therefor to the upper limbs
- A63B21/4021—Arrangements for attaching the exercising apparatus to the user's body, e.g. belts, shoes or gloves specially adapted therefor to the upper limbs to the wrist
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B21/00—Exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening the muscles or joints of the body by working against a counterforce, with or without measuring devices
- A63B21/40—Interfaces with the user related to strength training; Details thereof
- A63B21/4041—Interfaces with the user related to strength training; Details thereof characterised by the movements of the interface
- A63B21/4043—Free movement, i.e. the only restriction coming from the resistance
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B21/00—Exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening the muscles or joints of the body by working against a counterforce, with or without measuring devices
- A63B21/40—Interfaces with the user related to strength training; Details thereof
- A63B21/4041—Interfaces with the user related to strength training; Details thereof characterised by the movements of the interface
- A63B21/4047—Pivoting movement
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B23/00—Exercising apparatus specially adapted for particular parts of the body
- A63B23/035—Exercising apparatus specially adapted for particular parts of the body for limbs, i.e. upper or lower limbs, e.g. simultaneously
- A63B23/03508—For a single arm or leg
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B23/00—Exercising apparatus specially adapted for particular parts of the body
- A63B23/035—Exercising apparatus specially adapted for particular parts of the body for limbs, i.e. upper or lower limbs, e.g. simultaneously
- A63B23/12—Exercising apparatus specially adapted for particular parts of the body for limbs, i.e. upper or lower limbs, e.g. simultaneously for upper limbs or related muscles, e.g. chest, upper back or shoulder muscles
- A63B23/1209—Involving a bending of elbow and shoulder joints simultaneously
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09B—EDUCATIONAL OR DEMONSTRATION APPLIANCES; APPLIANCES FOR TEACHING, OR COMMUNICATING WITH, THE BLIND, DEAF OR MUTE; MODELS; PLANETARIA; GLOBES; MAPS; DIAGRAMS
- G09B23/00—Models for scientific, medical, or mathematical purposes, e.g. full-sized devices for demonstration purposes
- G09B23/28—Models for scientific, medical, or mathematical purposes, e.g. full-sized devices for demonstration purposes for medicine
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09B—EDUCATIONAL OR DEMONSTRATION APPLIANCES; APPLIANCES FOR TEACHING, OR COMMUNICATING WITH, THE BLIND, DEAF OR MUTE; MODELS; PLANETARIA; GLOBES; MAPS; DIAGRAMS
- G09B23/00—Models for scientific, medical, or mathematical purposes, e.g. full-sized devices for demonstration purposes
- G09B23/28—Models for scientific, medical, or mathematical purposes, e.g. full-sized devices for demonstration purposes for medicine
- G09B23/30—Anatomical models
- G09B23/32—Anatomical models with moving parts
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
- G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
- G16H20/00—ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance
- G16H20/30—ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance relating to physical therapies or activities, e.g. physiotherapy, acupressure or exercising
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
- A61B5/103—Measuring devices for testing the shape, pattern, colour, size or movement of the body or parts thereof, for diagnostic purposes
- A61B5/11—Measuring movement of the entire body or parts thereof, e.g. head or hand tremor or mobility of a limb
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
- A61B5/22—Ergometry; Measuring muscular strength or the force of a muscular blow
- A61B5/224—Measuring muscular strength
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
- A61B5/48—Other medical applications
- A61B5/486—Biofeedback
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2201/00—Characteristics of apparatus not provided for in the preceding codes
- A61H2201/01—Constructive details
- A61H2201/0173—Means for preventing injuries
- A61H2201/0184—Means for preventing injuries by raising an alarm
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2201/00—Characteristics of apparatus not provided for in the preceding codes
- A61H2201/12—Driving means
- A61H2201/1207—Driving means with electric or magnetic drive
- A61H2201/1215—Rotary drive
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2201/00—Characteristics of apparatus not provided for in the preceding codes
- A61H2201/12—Driving means
- A61H2201/1238—Driving means with hydraulic or pneumatic drive
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2201/00—Characteristics of apparatus not provided for in the preceding codes
- A61H2201/16—Physical interface with patient
- A61H2201/1602—Physical interface with patient kind of interface, e.g. head rest, knee support or lumbar support
- A61H2201/1604—Head
- A61H2201/1607—Holding means therefor
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2201/00—Characteristics of apparatus not provided for in the preceding codes
- A61H2201/16—Physical interface with patient
- A61H2201/1602—Physical interface with patient kind of interface, e.g. head rest, knee support or lumbar support
- A61H2201/1609—Neck
- A61H2201/1611—Holding means therefor
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2201/00—Characteristics of apparatus not provided for in the preceding codes
- A61H2201/16—Physical interface with patient
- A61H2201/1602—Physical interface with patient kind of interface, e.g. head rest, knee support or lumbar support
- A61H2201/1635—Hand or arm, e.g. handle
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2201/00—Characteristics of apparatus not provided for in the preceding codes
- A61H2201/16—Physical interface with patient
- A61H2201/1602—Physical interface with patient kind of interface, e.g. head rest, knee support or lumbar support
- A61H2201/1635—Hand or arm, e.g. handle
- A61H2201/1638—Holding means therefor
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2201/00—Characteristics of apparatus not provided for in the preceding codes
- A61H2201/16—Physical interface with patient
- A61H2201/1602—Physical interface with patient kind of interface, e.g. head rest, knee support or lumbar support
- A61H2201/164—Feet or leg, e.g. pedal
- A61H2201/1642—Holding means therefor
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2201/00—Characteristics of apparatus not provided for in the preceding codes
- A61H2201/16—Physical interface with patient
- A61H2201/1657—Movement of interface, i.e. force application means
- A61H2201/1659—Free spatial automatic movement of interface within a working area, e.g. Robot
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2201/00—Characteristics of apparatus not provided for in the preceding codes
- A61H2201/50—Control means thereof
- A61H2201/5007—Control means thereof computer controlled
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2201/00—Characteristics of apparatus not provided for in the preceding codes
- A61H2201/50—Control means thereof
- A61H2201/5007—Control means thereof computer controlled
- A61H2201/501—Control means thereof computer controlled connected to external computer devices or networks
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2201/00—Characteristics of apparatus not provided for in the preceding codes
- A61H2201/50—Control means thereof
- A61H2201/5023—Interfaces to the user
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2201/00—Characteristics of apparatus not provided for in the preceding codes
- A61H2201/50—Control means thereof
- A61H2201/5023—Interfaces to the user
- A61H2201/5038—Interfaces to the user freely programmable by the user
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2201/00—Characteristics of apparatus not provided for in the preceding codes
- A61H2201/50—Control means thereof
- A61H2201/5023—Interfaces to the user
- A61H2201/5043—Displays
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2201/00—Characteristics of apparatus not provided for in the preceding codes
- A61H2201/50—Control means thereof
- A61H2201/5023—Interfaces to the user
- A61H2201/5048—Audio interfaces, e.g. voice or music controlled
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2201/00—Characteristics of apparatus not provided for in the preceding codes
- A61H2201/50—Control means thereof
- A61H2201/5058—Sensors or detectors
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2201/00—Characteristics of apparatus not provided for in the preceding codes
- A61H2201/50—Control means thereof
- A61H2201/5058—Sensors or detectors
- A61H2201/5061—Force sensors
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2201/00—Characteristics of apparatus not provided for in the preceding codes
- A61H2201/50—Control means thereof
- A61H2201/5058—Sensors or detectors
- A61H2201/5064—Position sensors
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2201/00—Characteristics of apparatus not provided for in the preceding codes
- A61H2201/50—Control means thereof
- A61H2201/5058—Sensors or detectors
- A61H2201/5069—Angle sensors
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2201/00—Characteristics of apparatus not provided for in the preceding codes
- A61H2201/50—Control means thereof
- A61H2201/5058—Sensors or detectors
- A61H2201/5092—Optical sensor
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2230/00—Measuring physical parameters of the user
- A61H2230/04—Heartbeat characteristics, e.g. E.G.C., blood pressure modulation
- A61H2230/06—Heartbeat rate
- A61H2230/065—Heartbeat rate used as a control parameter for the apparatus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2230/00—Measuring physical parameters of the user
- A61H2230/08—Other bio-electrical signals
- A61H2230/085—Other bio-electrical signals used as a control parameter for the apparatus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2230/00—Measuring physical parameters of the user
- A61H2230/40—Respiratory characteristics
- A61H2230/42—Rate
- A61H2230/425—Rate used as a control parameter for the apparatus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2230/00—Measuring physical parameters of the user
- A61H2230/50—Temperature
- A61H2230/505—Temperature used as a control parameter for the apparatus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61H—PHYSICAL THERAPY APPARATUS, e.g. DEVICES FOR LOCATING OR STIMULATING REFLEX POINTS IN THE BODY; ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION; MASSAGE; BATHING DEVICES FOR SPECIAL THERAPEUTIC OR HYGIENIC PURPOSES OR SPECIFIC PARTS OF THE BODY
- A61H2230/00—Measuring physical parameters of the user
- A61H2230/65—Impedance, e.g. skin conductivity; capacitance, e.g. galvanic skin response [GSR]
- A61H2230/655—Impedance, e.g. skin conductivity; capacitance, e.g. galvanic skin response [GSR] used as a control parameter for the apparatus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B22/00—Exercising apparatus specially adapted for conditioning the cardio-vascular system, for training agility or co-ordination of movements
- A63B2022/0094—Exercising apparatus specially adapted for conditioning the cardio-vascular system, for training agility or co-ordination of movements for active rehabilitation, e.g. slow motion devices
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B24/00—Electric or electronic controls for exercising apparatus of preceding groups; Controlling or monitoring of exercises, sportive games, training or athletic performances
- A63B24/0075—Means for generating exercise programs or schemes, e.g. computerized virtual trainer, e.g. using expert databases
- A63B2024/0078—Exercise efforts programmed as a function of time
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B71/00—Games or sports accessories not covered in groups A63B1/00 - A63B69/00
- A63B71/06—Indicating or scoring devices for games or players, or for other sports activities
- A63B71/0619—Displays, user interfaces and indicating devices, specially adapted for sport equipment, e.g. display mounted on treadmills
- A63B2071/065—Visualisation of specific exercise parameters
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B2220/00—Measuring of physical parameters relating to sporting activity
- A63B2220/10—Positions
- A63B2220/13—Relative positions
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B2220/00—Measuring of physical parameters relating to sporting activity
- A63B2220/10—Positions
- A63B2220/16—Angular positions
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B2220/00—Measuring of physical parameters relating to sporting activity
- A63B2220/50—Force related parameters
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B2225/00—Miscellaneous features of sport apparatus, devices or equipment
- A63B2225/50—Wireless data transmission, e.g. by radio transmitters or telemetry
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63B—APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
- A63B71/00—Games or sports accessories not covered in groups A63B1/00 - A63B69/00
- A63B71/0009—Games or sports accessories not covered in groups A63B1/00 - A63B69/00 for handicapped persons
Definitions
- the present invention relates to manipulation of a body, for example for physical rehabilitation and/or training.
- Such rehabilitation may include one or both of two elements, a physical rehabilitation portion, in which damaged or unused muscles, nerves and/or joints are brought back to full functioning (to the extent possible) and a cognitive rehabilitation portion, in which the cognitive ability to control the body is restored.
- a physical rehabilitation portion in which damaged or unused muscles, nerves and/or joints are brought back to full functioning (to the extent possible)
- a cognitive rehabilitation portion in which the cognitive ability to control the body is restored.
- the damage to the body and/or brain is such that a patient needs to be trained in modified functionality (e.g., when one limb is made short) or even new functionality, for example, in the use of an artificial limb.
- Physical therapy is currently provided mainly by personal attention of a physical therapist who monitors and instructs a patient in the performance of certain exercises. Thus, costs for rehabilitation are high and compliance after a patient leaves a treatment center is relatively low.
- Some home physical therapy devices are known, for example a product called “backlife” provides CPM (Continuous Passive Motion) of the spine.
- CPM Continuous Passive Motion
- a rehabilitation device according to the preamble of claim 1 is known from US 5 466 213 A .
- a rehabilitation device as claimed in claim 1 is provided.
- Some of the disclosed methods and apparatus provide for controlled, partially controlled or directed motion of portions of the body.
- the following sections describe this equipment by first describing the design of an exemplary device (an articulated arm), followed by various rehabilitation methods and then additional rehabilitation device designs and uses. Many of the methods can be practiced with a variety of devices and many of the devices can be used to practice a variety of methods.
- Fig. 1 is a schematic showing of an articulated-arm based rehabilitation device 100.
- device 100 In some of the description device 100 is referred to even though other devices described herein would suit just as well.
- the term "system” is used in some places instead of referring directly to device 100 and may also include multiple devices and monitors.
- Device 100 comprises an articulated arm 102 that projects upwards out of a table or other pedestal 104.
- a tip 108 of arm 102 serves as a controlled point which can travel various 3D trajectories.
- pedestal 104 is not attached to a floor but is instead weighted by an optionally weighted base 106 (which may be located elsewhere than shown), to prevent tipping or capsizing of device 100 during use.
- base 106 includes electronics used to power the arm.
- weight 106 is a temporary weight, for example a water-filled bladder.
- Other exemplary general layouts are shown below.
- Arm 102 is an articulated arm, which supports movement in 3D space.
- Alternative designs for example based on a single joint and an extending arm, are described below.
- Arm 102 comprises a plurality of sections 110 interconnected by a plurality of joints 112.
- Each joint is motorized, for example as known in the art of robotic arms.
- each joint is selectively lockable, for example as described below.
- angular position sensors are provided at each joint and/or a position sensor at tip 108, so the position in space of arm 102 and/or of tip 108 can be determined.
- the joints may be joints with one, two, three or more degrees of freedom.
- Arm 102 (e.g., its locking and/or force application and/or movement) is controlled by a controller 114, for example a personal computer or a dedicated embedded computer.
- a display 116 and/or a user input device 118 are used for interaction with a user.
- display 116 comprises (or is limited to) an audio display, for example for providing audible and/or speech instruction and/or feedback.
- An external connection 120 for connection to a remote computer and/or other units, is optionally provided, for example for use as described in Fig. 2 below.
- device 100 includes no computer. Some implementations require no electrical power.
- a mechanical computer is used to control the device parameters. Resistance to motion (optionally variable) is provided using a brake system.
- various rehabilitation methods require different types of motion and/or responsiveness from arm 102 or other devices as described below.
- the use of device 100 for rehabilitation places certain constraints on device 100, with respect to, for example, smoothness of motion, responsiveness, coupling between axes, balancing and/or supported range of motion.
- some types of rehabilitation require a patient to move tip 108 along a trajectory. Resistance may be predefined along the trajectory or possibly no resistance at all is provided. In any case, it may be desirable that device 100 not adversely affect motions by the patient, at least if they are correct. In a particular example, tip 108 provides no resistance to motion along a certain trajectory and strongly resists motion not along the certain trajectory. Such a tip is termed a neutral directed motion tip.
- arm 102 is optionally required to not have singularity points in a predefined and useful range of motion, for example a sphere of radius of 0.8 meters or less, for example, 0.5 meters or less.
- singularity is used to define a point and arm position where moving to an adjacent point passes the limits of one or more joints and requires a relatively large change in joints position, which is generally time consuming and is exhibited to a patient as a sudden resistance or delay.
- providing neutral motion means that a uniform (and desirably zero) resistance can be provided at any point in a desired range of motion.
- Arm 102 provides a counter-force or even provides motion. Uniformity and controllability of such force is required.
- Tip 108 is configured to support a limb of a patient, so that the limb feels buoyant.
- arm 102 can apply and/or resist depend on the rehabilitation methods with which it is to be used. For example, one rehabilitation type will require arm 102 to resist absolutely an incorrect motion, up to a force of, for example, 100 Kg applied at tip 108. In another example, it is sufficient that arm 102 resists motion up to a force level at which it is certain that the patient feels the resistance, for example, 1 Kg. A reminding force may be useful, for example, 10 Kg, which may ensure that a patient does not inadvertently move tip 108 against the force.
- the range of motion of tip 108 covers a volume of 50x50x50 cm. A smaller or larger volume is provided. The volume need not be rectangular. Optionally, the volume also includes rotation of tip 108 around one, two or three axes. The volume of movement of the tip is one or two dimensional (i.e., in a plane or along a line).
- Arm 102 is expected to respond to a patient's activity in a manner which will seem natural or at least not interfere with the rehabilitation motion.
- the responsiveness of arm 102 is faster than 10 ms or better than 5 ms.
- a general property of many mechanical systems is that due to manufacturing tolerances, sensing tolerances, design and/or non-optimality of the construction some uncontrollable freedom of motion is available.
- the amount of uncontrolled motion in device 100 is less than 5 mm or less than 2 mm.
- a spring-loaded mechanism is used to prevent unrestrained backlash motion.
- controller 114 controls arm 102 in a passive, active or a responsive manner to achieve these objectives. Active control of arm 102 results in compensation for at least 80% or more of the moment of inertia of arm 102. It should be noted that different values may be required for different situations, for example a greater or lesser responsiveness or a greater or lesser uncontrollable freedom.
- Arm 102 is, for example, 1 meter, 0.8 meters, 0.5 meters, 0.3 meters or any greater smaller or intermediate length.
- the motion which is controlled is that of a single point, i.e., tip 108.
- tip 108 may be connected, for example to a bone, to a joint or to a different part of the body.
- the attachment may be rigid, for example using a strap or it may depend on cooperation of or action by the patient, for example, as a handle or a rest.
- Specific attachment devices for example for a hand, arm, elbow, knee, ankle and/or shoulder may be provided.
- multiple tips 108 (optionally with individual arms 102) may be provided for attachment at different points of the body, on a same or different body part.
- rehabilitation device 100 can provide one or more of Isokinetic, Isotonic and Isostatic exercises.
- a definition of a trajectory which tip 108 is to follow can include speed parameters (e.g., trajectory of path, trajectory of velocity, trajectory of force).
- speed parameters e.g., trajectory of path, trajectory of velocity, trajectory of force.
- a user may be assisted, or urged, or expected, to move tip 108 at a certain speed.
- the speed may be, for example, absolute, or relative (e.g., requiring a uniform speed or the speed to match a non-uniform profile).
- an angular trajectory is defined, which places constraints on an angular orientation of tip 108.
- the constraint is one dimensional. In others it is two or three dimensional.
- Speed, angles and spatial trajectories in a particular rehabilitation scenario may each belong to a different one of the above motion types.
- spatial trajectory may be of a force field type, while speed trajectory is free or assisted.
- the type of trajectory and/or its parameters may also vary along the trajectory, as a function of time and/or as a function of previous performance. For example, a smaller assistance at a later part of a trajectory may be provided for a type of motion which was properly (or better than expected) executed in an earlier part of the trajectory.
- Trajectories may be absolute, for example, defined as a function of a resting point or a different point on device 100.
- the trajectories are purely relative, for example, requiring a patient to move an arm in a straight line, regardless of starting point.
- a trajectory is partially relative, in that once motion starts, this determines the shape of the rest of the trajectory, for example, a start of a trajectory indicating if a patient is standing or sitting, and thus what type of hand motion is expected.
- the motion types of each point may be of different types. What is defined is a trajectory as a function of two or more points in space. For example, if two points are used to define an elbow configuration (e.g., angle between bones), the trajectory constraints may be defined on the motion of the elbow. Such motion may be relative in space (e.g., a comparison of the two points) and not absolute (e.g., compared to a device reference point). In another example, different limitations are provided for different points, for example, angular limitations at one point and velocity limitations of another.
- a tensor or tensor field is provided, as each point in space can have associated with it a speed, a force and/or a rotation, all of which can be scalar or a vector.
- a mode may be triggered based on the actual performance. For example, if motion velocity is below a certain threshold, a more assistive mode is provided. Similarly, a pause of over a threshold may imply a more assistive mode. An exact motion may imply a less assistive mode.
- Modes may be changed automatically, for example, when nearing a patient motor limit (e.g., range of motion) or when nearing a cognitive limit (e.g., spatial neglecting zone or time neglect zone such as for long motions).
- a patient motor limit e.g., range of motion
- a cognitive limit e.g., spatial neglecting zone or time neglect zone such as for long motions.
- Fig. 4A is a flowchart 400 of a method of using device 100.
- device 100 is powered on (for electrical devices).
- device 100 turns on when arm 102 is touched or moved a certain amount.
- motion of arm 102 may provide power for device 100.
- device 100 optionally downloads instructions, for example what activities to suggest and/or what progress was expected and/or results from physical therapy at other locations.
- a patient identifies himself to device 100, for example, using a code, selecting a name form a list or using a smart card or a magnetic card with user input 118.
- rehabilitation information of a patient is stored or indexed on such a magnetic card or smart card or on a portable flash memory device or portable hard disk.
- an activity to be performed is selected.
- the selection may be, for example automatic or by a patient from a displayed list of options.
- a patient may follow a chart provided to him by a rehabilitation center or by a guiding therapist.
- arm 102 is optionally moved to a start position thereof, for example by device 100 or by the patient (e.g., directly or by permitting device 100 to do so). It should be noted that in some trajectories no start position is predefined. Instead, the actual starting position is used to define the rest of the trajectory.
- the position of the patient relative to the system is indicated or measured (e.g. by vision system, by mechanical attachments) and the program is adjusted accordingly.
- device 100 is adjusted in another manner.
- a particular handle may be attached at tip 108, or legs of the device may be raised or lowered.
- the device may be set up.
- such setting up is carried out before activating device 100.
- an optional warm-up session is carried out on the patient, to ensure that he is ready for the activity.
- one or more physiological sensors for example a muscle temperature sensor (e.g., skin surface) are used to ensure (e.g., as a safety feature) that the patient is sufficiently warmed up.
- the patient is optionally tested to confirm an expected current ability.
- the results of the test are optionally used to modify one or more parameters of the selected activity or to select a different activity, for example, due to an under- or over-achievement of the patient during testing.
- exemplary modifications include: slowing down expected speed, reducing expected or resistive force, reducing expected or allowed range of motion and reducing number of repetitions.
- the activity is carried out, for example, continuous passive motion at 20 repetitions or motion (by patient) with resistance of 0.5 Kg, along the entire trajectory.
- the resistance grows as a function of speed, or if the speed is higher or lower than a defined speed trajectory, optionally using a mode or combination of modes as described above.
- various measurements which are optionally made during the activity are optionally logged. Such logging may also be carried out concurrently with the activity.
- feedback may be provided based on the activity, for example, to the patient, a rehabilitation expert and/or to device 100.
- feedback is provided on a patient physiological condition as well, for example, determining fatigue based on increased irregularities of motion and/or based on pulse rate or other physiological parameters.
- a decision is optionally made to repeat an activity and/or to select a new activity. Such a decision may be made, for example, based on patient progress and/or fatigue.
- Device 100 automatically generates CPT codes or other reports used for billing. Alternatively, a report is generated which a human therapist approves and/or modifies. The patient's progress is used to assess future expected payments and/or exercises and/or suggested human guidance. Optionally, such future factors, patient improvement, time elapsed and/or motivation of the patient in using and improving using the system, are used to decide on future financial support by a health care provider.
- the treatment support can be extended.
- the therapy payer may insist on minimum system usage (for example if a system was delivered to the patient home). By reviewing an on going usage report (possibly on line) the payer can decide to extend or stop usage.
- the system can simply generate codes and/or reports, for example using a look-up table (each exercise can have an associated code) using table and also automatically generate reports regarding other factors, such as motivation and completion of plan.
- Fig. 4B is a flowchart 430 of a long term use of device 100.
- a new patient who is identified as needing rehabilitation is tested, possibly using device 100.
- tests may include range of motion tests, tests of maximum applied force at different points in space, and/or tests of fineness of force control and motion control.
- Device 100 calculates limb size (or detects them using a camera) and uses the limb size to adjust pre-stored exercises, for example to adjust their trajectories and/or starting point.
- the results of the tests are analyzed to determine the needs of the patient and to formulate objectives of the rehabilitation. This act may be, for example, manual, automated or manual with support from device 100.
- a rehabilitation plan is drawn up, including, for example one or more of an expected progress chart, various allowed and/or required exercises and exercise parameters for different parts of the plan, definitions of increased and decreased difficulty levels for the exercises, allowed and/or required exercise sequences, number of cycles for each exercise, warm-up requirement, list of data to log, list of patient-modifiable information, one or more safety parameters which should not be passed and/or one or more parameter alert values at which an alert should be provided to the patient and/or a rehabilitation expect monitoring the patient's progress.
- a rehabilitation plan is a known activity such a plan is special, for example, taking into account one or more of the possibility of long term rehabilitation, the possibilities involved in having a device available at a home for multiple short sessions, the provision of multiple activities with a single device, the needs of remote monitors and/or the programmability and responsiveness of a device.
- the plan may be generated manually, automatically or manually with the assistance of device 100, for example an initial plan generated automatically and then annotated or approved by a human.
- the plan is carried out, while being monitored.
- the monitoring is manual. Alternatively, at least some of the monitoring is automatic.
- the plan may be modified in response to the monitoring, for example, if slow progress is detected, the plan time frame may be changed.
- the plan may be modified (440). In others, testing may be repeated (442), generally to a lesser extent than when the patient was initially evaluated.
- periodic testing for example on device 100 at the patient's home
- evaluative testing may also be used to determine when rehabilitation is complete.
- rehabilitation is mostly completed and a training plan is optionally made, for example to ensure maintenance of the rehabilitation or for other reasons (such as prevention of worsening or prevention of limb or joint neglecting).
- long term monitoring of the patient may be performed, for example, testing the patient's abilities once a week or once a month.
- new needs of the patient may be identified, for example based on the monitoring or based on a periodic general test.
- a patient being rehabilitated for stroke may be determined after a time to need rehabilitation for a progressing arthritic condition.
- a personal profile is created for a patient.
- such a profile may include a series of items to work on, for example smoothness of motion, which can be tackled one by one over time or if a certain threshold value is detected during testing (e.g., quality of motion went below a threshold).
- device 100 may be used over a wide range of situations, including long range treatment and following a patient from initial rehabilitation through follow-up rehabilitation (e.g., to maintain an ability) and diagnosis.
- scoring is used as an aid in deciding on the need and/or type of future rehabilitation. Alternatively or additionally, scoring is used to monitor the effect of rehabilitation exercises and/or help select between exercises. Alternatively or additionally, scoring is used to ensure that a patient's needs (e.g., personal rehabilitation needs or need for balanced rehabilitation) are met. Scoring is used to identify areas where progress was made and areas where additional therapy or modified therapy may be needed, due to lack of progress.
- One or more of the following measures are used to score a patient's ability and/or progress.
- Scoring of the patient is calibrated to other patients, for example, using a database of similar injuries, or using scores of patients that are being rehabilitated at a same time. Alternatively or additionally, scoring is carried out between a healthy and a non-healthy limb.
- Scoring is used as an aid in diagnosis.
- scores are generated (e.g., by providing suitable exercises) for individual body part abilities and for general abilities.
- Device 100 can analyze a patient's abilities by generating experiments and then analyzing the results. In one example, device 100 tests whether a patient will respond better to one type of exercise or to another by generating a series of exercises including both types of exercises. The results of the patient's performance are then analyzed to extract trends which indicate which of a controlled variable had a better or a desired effect on the patient.
- a human therapist selects the initial possible exercises. Alternatively or additionally, a human therapist determines what percentage of time may be spent on such exercises.
- the scoring method or resolution may be adjusted by the therapist per the patient condition for example, adjusting the accuracy of measurement or the dynamic range of the score or the expected results (e.g., for qualitative measures).
- a patient may show an increase in a muscle strength score but not show a corresponding increase in accuracy (correspondence may be, for example according to a table or according to a previous trend of the same patient, possibly with a same limb).
- the exercise plan for the patient may be modified to include more accuracy-focused exercises and fewer muscle building exercises.
- not all rehabilitation plans aim for concurrent improvement in multiple measures.
- one measure is focused on and once a desired improvement in that measure is achieved, a different measure is focused on.
- a score in progress is used to estimate a time to reach a goal.
- such estimation is based on one or more of the following variables: motivation, innate ability and current disability.
- innate ability is estimated by tracking the progress.
- a set of results and estimated times for different situations are stored in a database and used to generate an estimate.
- a neural network is used. Motivation is optionally estimated using methods as described below. Alternatively, manual estimation may be provided.
- a time estimation also includes thresholds of different scores which must be met. For example, an estimate may be conditioned on a certain motivation being maintained. Detection of a reduction in motivation may be used to prompt an update in expected progress or suggest certain treatment.
- Device 100 is adapted for home use. Such adaptation may include one or more of the following features:
- Device 100 is connected to home appliances such as a TV or HiFi system.
- the patient can be instructed from the TV or the user can play with the system using the TV as feedback.
- a set-top box is used as a local processor and/or a communication port to a remote station.
- rehabilitation activities are designed to cover a larger part of the day than is possible at an institute, for example, half or all of a day, while still allowing a patient to have a life with non-rehabilitation activities.
- a rehabilitation plan can call for ten 5-minute sessions spread over an entire day, spaced by an hour.
- device 100 interacts with real-life activities and/or using real-life objects, as described in more detail below.
- this allows a rehabilitation plan to show (and achieve) a real progress in the patient's ability to deal with real life situations, such as eating and getting dressed.
- Devices in separate houses are interconnected, for example, within a family or between friends.
- one of the participants may interact using a computer, rather than a device 100 (e.g., using mouse motions to emulate device manipulation, or as a player in a game using standard computer interfaces).
- Device 100 communicates with an outpatient clinic so that home activities and clinic activities are synchronized.
- the patient carries a memory unit (e.g., a USB memory card) that includes his personal data.
- a memory unit e.g., a USB memory card
- the home system generates reminders to the patient to exercise, for example, audio reminders or e-mail or SMS reminders.
- Fig. 2 shows an exemplary distributed rehabilitation system 200.
- a network 202 for example an Internet, a cable network, a cellular network or a telephone network, connect device 100 to a remote site.
- a remote site is a rehabilitation center including a computer station 204 with a display 206 and a user input 208.
- a single station 204 can monitor multiple devices 100, optionally in real time.
- a plurality of stations 204 may be provided, at a same or different sites.
- a plurality of stations 204 are used to monitor a single device 100.
- each device 100 may have a low level monitoring by a semi-skilled person, who shows difficult problems to a skilled monitor who is in charge of or associated with many unskilled monitored.
- an optional portable connection 212 for example using a laptop computer.
- an optional remote database 210 may store data for one or more patients, for example, 100 or 1000 patients or more. While the database may be at the rehabilitation site, this is not required. In some cases the database is distributed, for example, among rehabilitation sites and/or user devices 100.
- a group of patients are collected into a network based on them having similar (or overlapping) aliments, treatment and/or prognosis and/or according to personal matching.
- the progress of members of the group are presented to other members, possibly spurring competition.
- a support group may be provided, for example, one in which the patient is more advanced than other members or one in which a group effort is being carried out instead of a competition.
- each of a plurality of patients has a role in a role playing game.
- the difficulty of each patient/role may be set according to the patient's ability.
- a group leader may be selected.
- each player is required to copy the movements and/or instructions of the group leader.
- each player is protected from over-reaching his abilities by his device 100.
- a patient's general practitioner physician or a family member or caregiver may be able to log on and review a patient's progress.
- Remote rehabilitation can follow several paths, for example, one or more of:
- Virtual reality methods for example goggle mounted displays are provided at the remote location, to help the remote operator feel in better control. Alternatively or additionally, the operator can manipulate his viewpoint.
- Various sensors for example as described below are used to move a model of the patient, for remote and/or local feedback.
- Device 100 may be used in other ways than described above.
- a supervised group is provided, in which one or more therapists watch/monitor/support a plurality of patients, each on a different device.
- one or more of the following scenarios may be acted out:
- a linked-system scenario is carried out.
- two devices are connected using a master-slave relationship for example using a wired or wireless (e.g., BlueTooth, Cellular or WiFi) connection between them, or using a network connection between them.
- a master can be, for example, a son (or daughter) and the slave is an aged parent whom the son is assisting in rehabilitation.
- This allows a paretic parent to use the rehabilitation exercises as a means for maintaining contact with the family.
- the paretic parent may receive support from family members. Such support may also include advice on how to use the system and/or on what exercises to try.
- linked devices 100 Another exemplary usage of linked devices 100 (or a single device with multiple arms 102) is for child play.
- a paretic child plays with a healthy child, each child manipulating a separate arm or device.
- the motor abilities of the paretic child are compensated for by device 100, for example, providing speed enhancement or providing periodic automated action.
- device 100 can supplement the abilities of the paretic child, while still allowing the child some control over the game, for example, allowing the paretic child to actually perform 20% of the moves.
- Device 100 can control the level of support for the paretic child to ensure a level playing field.
- Speech is part of the rehabilitation process.
- device 100 responds to or expects voice commands.
- device 100 generates voice instructions.
- Simple interfaces may be required for some users.
- instructions to a user are simple red/green lights, to indicate go and stop.
- a plurality of different types of cues may be provided to indicate a need to act by the patient, for example, audio, tactile, vibration (of device 100 or of a patch), motion of opposite limb, visual (e.g., flashing screen) and/or change of speed.
- a jolt for example an audio blast (or shout) is used to alert an otherwise non responding patient, for example.
- a dummy body is used to show the patient the effect of the motion of device 100 (e.g., arm 102) on the patient.
- the complexity of the interface used increases as the patient rehabilitation progress and the patient's cognitive abilities improve and/or the patient has more attention to spare.
- the user interface is used for performing concurrent cognitive, perceptive and motor rehabilitation, for example, by selecting the interface used to match an ability of the patient and/or train the patient in certain non-motor activities.
- the progress of rehabilitation of any particular patient typically depends on one or more of the following: cognitive ability (if the patient cannot think clearly, motor planning is difficult or impossible), mental ability (if the patient has no motivation, rehabilitation is difficult) and motor capabilities.
- One or more of these may be measured and/or supported by device 100.
- changes in the degree and/or type of support are determined by system 100.
- changes in support are determined by a user, or a plan of how to change support according to scores, is set by a user.
- Cognitive abilities is, for example, by providing a simple display, multiple modes of presentation of information, reminders and/or multiple cues.
- Cognitive abilities may be tested, for example, by providing tests or by assessing performance in games where cognitive ability is required. In some cases a distinction is made between cognitive abilities and perceptive abilities.
- the patient is required to execute a motor task (e.g. move forward) his ability to understand the task depends on the cognitive capabilities.
- the ability to see a target on the screen or actually receive the instructions depends on his perceptive abilities.
- Measurement of motor capabilities is, for example, by providing exercises having a standard range of results and placing the results on a known scale.
- Device 100 assesses, for example, one or more of: how hard a patient works, how well the patient carries out his task, progress within and between sessions, expected responses to stimuli and/or variability between different tasks and/or along a task.
- a patient's performance on a task is compared to the patient's performance (e.g., range of motion, speed accuracy) in a game.
- the patient's performance e.g., range of motion, speed accuracy
- differences in performance between a game and an exercise may indicate the degree of motivation difference between desired and undesired tasks.
- device 100 is used to measure the range of a patient's abilities, for example, ROM (range of motion), pain limit and the like. It is assumed that a diagnosis session can be trusted to provide relatively accurate information about the patient's ability, at least for the reason that the patient knows the diagnosis session is limited in scope. Thereafter, exercises at the edge of the patient's ability are provided to the patient and a determination is made of the number and success of attempts to reach the edge of the range. This determination may be used as an indication of motivation (e.g., willingness to achieve what is known the patient can achieve). The exercise comprises providing performance targets to the patient and the patient is expected to reach for the targets.
- ROM range of motion
- a patient plays a game in which some of the targets are at the range of the patient's ability. As this ability might not be known in advance, a variety of targets of different levels of difficulty, are provided. Motivation is assessed by analyzing the game to determine, first, what the patient's abilities are and, second, how often the patient tries to reach the edge of his abilities.
- Another method of measurement is tracking how hard a patient works (e.g., how long are rest periods). Another method is determining the hardest a patient works in any particular exercise. Another method is determining if a patient provides attention, involvement and/or activity in a free-play session, where a patient can exercise if he wants to, to any degree of difficulty the patient wants. Attention is optionally determined by comparing trajectories of motion at different times, for example to see the range of variability (e.g., does a patient suddenly slow down - maybe his attention wandered). Involvement is optionally determined by tracking modifications requested by the patient, for example in exercises where a patient can select one of several trajectories.
- Mental state is estimated by analyzing handwriting or gross motor movements, for example, detecting unusual tremors, ticks or other signs of tension and/or lack of control (e.g., as compared to other times). It should be noted that mental states, in some cases, may be provided as a relative state rarer than absolute values.
- Exercises are modified manually. Exercises are recorded by a therapist and then annotated (e.g., to mark desired measurements). In another example, exercises are directly programmed into device 100.
- device 100 suggests limitations or additions to exercises, for example, safety limitations or device limitations and/or suggest where a less supportive or more supportive motion mode may be appropriate (for example at an end of a motion a more supportive mode may be advisable).
- a reaching exercise is performed by the patient.
- various muscle groups can be trained and various levels of difficulty can be provided.
- Reaching movements are defined by one or more of the following exemplary parameters:
- a particular "Reach” is defined by the starting location and the ending location of the hand as defined by its distance, direction, and height. Any reach may also be further understood in terms of the involvement of the arm joints and the ability of the patient to individuate the joints to achieve the reach.
- a reach training comprises the following general steps:
- Another exemplary exercise is mimicking of daily activities, such as moving a full cup between points and lifting a book.
- a rehabilitation process can be planned and inputted as instructions to a computer (e.g., device 100), including, one or more of:
- Permissions may be different for different users of system 200 and/or device 100, for example, different permissions may be allowed for one or more of adding new, copy, modify, delete and/or edit. These activities may apply, for example, to one or more of patient data, activity, plan, statistics and/or data logs.
- Particular activity parameters which may be created and/or modified include: trajectories, locations and ranges (e.g., minimum and maximum speed and angles); force parameters, number of repetition cycles, stop decision(s) and/or rest periods length and frequency.
- One or more libraries are provided as a basis for modification and for storing programs, for example, a plan library, a per-patient library and/or an activity library.
- Entering a new trajectory is by physically manipulating tip 108 (e.g., by a patient with a good hand or by a therapist).
- the resulting trajectory(s) are then edited on a computer.
- a 3D CAD/CAM program may be used, optionally one in which a human body is modeled and various constraints can be placed on movement of points on the body and/or a desired or allowed range of motion for such points defined.
- a graphic design program is used, for example, with a user indicating a few points of a trajectory and the program completing them with a line or a curve.
- a user may define various geometrical shapes, such as a circle, for example by providing points and/or a formula.
- a user may make a drawing and scan it into system 200 (e.g., at a station 204 or at device 100).
- An exercise is calibrated for a particular patient and/or situation.
- Such calibration may include, for example, one or more of:
- Editing includes one or more of smoothing, adding points and/or path sections, converting the motion into primitive motions elements,
- Table I describes an exemplary high-level programming language which is optionally used to program device 100, in lieu of learning a robotic programming language. This language is used by the therapist and/or other user. Optionally, existing exercises are storable and modifiable.
- This high-level language is based on library of Icons (each representing a command) that can be draged into a program area in order to build (or edit) a program.
- Each icon represents a command; with 3 types of command defined (more may be added):
- each path section may include one or more triggers, which, upon activation, execute short sections of code.
- a trigger activated when a user varies his speed more than 10%, in which case a warning is provided or a more assistive motion mode is provided.
- Table II is a sample program, using the language shown in table I.
- a program structure has several columns; the first one is the main command that are sequential, the second and third columns are for commands which operate in parallel.
- start and stop commands When a new program is started, the start and stop commands optionally are provided automatically. Other commands are manually inserted between the start and stop.
- Table II is a sample program of a path having 3 straight lines (can be rectangular), with a delay in between, and during the second line an external device is operated (for example - waiting for input from handle). All data during the second and third lines is recorded and the entire program is repeated 5 times. Modifiers for the repetition (e.g., increase speed, increase required accuracy) are optionally provided as parameters. General program parameters, such as type of scoring, expected quality of motion are optionally provided as well.
- a particular type of control provided is spatial programming control.
- this type of control certain gestures or positions in space of tip 108 are translated into commands for device 100.
- such gestures may be used by a therapist or by a patient to fast forward past an exercise section.
- wrist movements of a therapist will be translated into arm (or other limb) motions, thus allowing the therapist to make smaller motions and only with his hand, rather than the limb whose motion is being programmed.
- a patient may be strapped to a chair (e.g., the shoulder of the patient) and/or a rest may be provided for an elbow. This restricts possible motions by a hand holding tip 108.
- Fig. 5 illustrates a system 500 including limb position sensing and/or restricting. Correct motion of other parts of the body than the hand that contacts tip 108 may be provided, for example, by detecting the positions and providing feedback, for example, audio or visual feedback, to the patient.
- Correct motion of other parts of the body than the hand that contacts tip 108 may be provided, for example, by detecting the positions and providing feedback, for example, audio or visual feedback, to the patient.
- a patient 506 sits in a chair 514 and uses device 100 (or a device as described below in which the arm is mounted on a ball).
- One or more cameras 502 image the arm and/or other parts of patient 506 and determine the spatial position and/or velocity thereof.
- one or more cameras 516 are mounted on device 100 for such imaging.
- position sensing magnetic, electric, ultrasonic or other contact-less position sensing and orientation sensing methods may be used. Many such position determination methods and devices are known in the art and may be used.
- a reference position is provided on device 100 and/or on tip 108.
- position sensors are used for determining the state of device 100, instead of or in addition to mechanical sensors in device 100.
- mechanical based position sensing for example using an articulated arm, may be used.
- Patches 504 are used to provide feedback or cuing to a patient.
- a patch includes a wireless receiver, an optional power source and a stimulator, for example a vibrator, pin-prick, a pincher or a heating element.
- a stimulator for example a vibrator, pin-prick, a pincher or a heating element.
- patch 504 can provide a stimulation to the patient.
- Patch 504 may be wired instead of being wireless.
- Sensed positions of body points are used for one or more of:
- physiological sensors may be provided, for example one or more of pulse measurement sensors as known in exercise machines and grip and/or pinch force sensors in tip 108.
- one or more physiological sensors may be provided on the patient, for example, breath rate sensors.
- a body rest 508 may be provided for one or more body parts.
- rest 508, attached to chair 514 by a (optionally adjustable) bar 510 prevents motion of the chest and/or shoulder.
- One or more straps are used to hold body parts.
- Reverse kinematics method are used to estimate the motion and/or dimension of a patient's joints and/or bones. For example, if a limb is fixed to rest 508, movement of tip 108 can be used to estimate the actual motion of the joint. When harness 508 used to lock the elbow is in a fully extended position, the distance from the shoulder to wrist can be calculated as the patient moves the arm. If the handle of Fig. 15F is used and patient is restricted by a shoulder harness then the forearm length can be determined Alternatively or additionally, a force field can be used to restrict the motion in a manner which will guarantee that limb dimension can be determined.
- a model of the patient is constructed for use in such reverse kinematics calculation.
- safety calculations such a model may be used.
- a motion may be prevented as being unsafe if a patient can possibly reach a configuration of joints where the motion is unsafe.
- the reach of each joint may be dependent, for example, on fixation of the patient (e.g., harnesses), measured ROM and assumed ROM.
- chair 514 is fixed to device 100, possibly in an adjustable manner, for example, using a fixation bar 512.
- an initial calibration process is carried out, for example when first doing a new activity or during device setup.
- bar 512 includes graduations and during calibrations the correct setting of the chair relative to the graduations is determined.
- Device 100 comes with a built-in chair 514. Exemplary positioning of a movable chair is described below.
- Positioning sensing is to better than 1 cm, 5 mm, 2mm or 1 mm, over the entire working volume of the device. A lower absolute positioning accuracy is tolerated if a relative accuracy, within an exercise is maintained.
- Accuracy of force control is better then 100 gr, 50 gr, 10 gr or better.
- the balancing of the arm is within these values. Similar accuracies may be provided for measurement.
- sampling rate of better than 10Hz, 50Hz, 100Hz or more is provided.
- the patient position is not important.
- correct targeting of a certain joint, tendon and/or muscle group may require precision in motion of tip 108 relative to the patient and/or in the posture of the patient and or other body part.
- Straps, a harness and/or rest 508 are provided to set the position of the patient.
- one or more bars 512 links chair 514 to device 100.
- reference 512 represents a spring-loaded wire, which includes a position sensor to indicate its retraction and thus the position of chair 514 relative to device 100.
- a plurality of retractable wires are used.
- each wire includes a ring into which a leg of chair 514 is placed.
- the exercises are corrected on the fly to account for the new relative position of chair 514 and device 100.
- the exercises are adapted to reflect the new position.
- a plurality of typical static postures of the patient are learned and the system uses these learned postures to distinguish ongoing motion from semi-permanent postures.
- change in posture is detected by changes in pressure on various pressure sensors, or using cameras which image the chair, device and/or patient.
- changes are detected by detecting changes in the actual trajectory followed by tip 108.
- mat 518 is provided.
- mat 518 is a pressure sensitive mat for detecting positions of chair legs or patient legs.
- calibration is performed for the chair that the patient actually uses.
- the mat is used to allow manual entry of relative position.
- the mat includes markings that are recognizable by a camera that images the mat.
- Tip 108 is used to determine the position of chair 514.
- tip 108 is used as a digitizer by contacting points on chair 514 and/or the patient. In some cases an adaptor tip may be placed at tip 108.
- tip 108 is moved by device 100 to indicate a desired position of chair 514 or the patient.
- a laser or light pointer is attached to tip 108 (or other part of arm 108 or device 100) and serves to generate a light marking of a desired location for a chair and/or patient part.
- Device 100 optionally converts between the coordinate systems of the pointing device, arm 108 and/or chair.
- tip 108 which has to be at a certain position, but the patient's hand or finger.
- a dummy hand is placed in device 100 and used for such calibration.
- positioning methods as described herein may also be used for positioning other parts of the rehabilitation system, for example, a table, a glass, a second device 100 or a kit for daily living, for example as shown in Fig. 19H .
- Patient positioning is determined by patient kinematics. Once a patient is positioned, the patient performs one or more exercises and the patient position is determined based on the actual trajectories followed. In some cases, a previous ability of the patient, for example, joint range of motion, needs to be known in order to determine the patient position.
- the patient performs swinging of the arm, without bending the elbow.
- the radius of the motion indicates the position of the shoulder joint. If the patient cannot straighten his elbow (or keep it straight) this information is optionally used.
- patient movement between sessions is mainly translational motion in a 2D plane, so only one motion of the arm is sufficient for position calibration.
- two arms are moved, to assist in detecting body twist.
- an initial set of patient movements are used to extract basic information about the patient, such as range of motion and freedom of motion.
- device 100 first applies or suggests a series of exercises meant to warm up muscles and joints, before taking measurements.
- tip 108 is held in a patient's hand.
- other means may be used.
- a strap or elastic ring is provided at end 108 instead of a ball-like handle.
- a rod-like handle is provided instead of a ball-like handle.
- Fig. 6 shows an elbow holder 600.
- Such an elbow holder can be used, for example, when the motion required is of the shoulder, so an elbow 616 is what moves along a trajectory.
- a base 602 is adapted for attachment at tip 108.
- a hinge 604 allows relative motion between a first part 606 and a second part 608 on which an arm 614 rests.
- Optional straps 610 and 612 optionally attach arm 614 more firmly to holder 610.
- joint 604 has a varying resistance, for example settable by the patient and/or by device 100.
- joint 604 includes an actuator for applying force to close or open elbow 616.
- joint 604 includes an angle sensor.
- holder 600 can vibrate the elbow, for example as a therapeutic effect or to help prevent freezing of the joint. Such vibration may be applied to other joints and body parts as well, for example, using suitable attachments.
- Holder 600 functions as a spastic harness in one example, joint 604 is locked (or is not a joint) and arm 614 is forced open and held by straps 610 and 612.
- Parts 608 and 606 are raised so that joint 604 has a center of rotation which is substantially the same as elbow 616, in one or more planes.
- the attachment includes a coded circuit or other means so that when attached to arm 102, device 100 is aware of the type of attachment.
- the attachment is fitted with a quick connecting elements made out of two mechanical quick connect parts (e.g., spring loaded pin and slot arrangement) and an electrical quick connect (e.g., spring loaded small needle contacts), this allows a fast change over from exercise to exercise or from patient to patient.
- Each attachment includes a chip and receives power form the connector and sends data (if any) on a bus, for example a packet-type bus.
- the electrical connector is used to directly interface measurement means (e.g., a potentiometer) of the attachment, to device 100.
- Device 100 can provide instructions to a user in many modes, including, one or more of:
- rehabilitation includes teaching a patient quality aspects of motions and/or what motions are correct.
- One or more of the following qualities of a motion are of interest:
- Quality of motion is judged using a power law, which characterizes motions by healthy individuals. Paretic individuals are optionally characterized as to how closely they reach this law and for which joints and/or motion types it is reached.
- 'Healthy movement' is described by basic kinematic characteristics that define quality of motion.
- one such characteristic is a smooth transition of the hand from one point to another following roughly the shortest path between the two points.
- a second characteristic is that the velocity of the hand is constrained by the curvature of the path ( Viviani P, and Terzuolo C. Trajectory determines movement dynamics. J Neurosci 7, 1982: 431-437 ). The larger the curvature of the path, the slower the movement of the hand is, at a constant ratio of 2/3.
- power law fitting is determined by providing the patient with a range of motions, at different speeds and extracting power-law information from the results.
- the law may be applied to other joints and limbs, such as lower limbs.
- Another law which may be applied relates to the relative motion of each joint in a coordinated motion. In healthy persons such motion takes into account the relative distances of the various joints from the target of motion and the different accuracies of such joints. Another law which may be applied is Fits law which relates a size of target to a time to hit the target.
- Such qualities of a motion are taught to a patient by example, for example, leading an arm through correct and incorrect motions.
- Such motions may be entered for example by the therapist or by the patient or be pre-programmed.
- a patient motion is recorded and corrected and then the patient is paced through the incorrect and the corrected motions.
- the motion may be calibrated for the particular user, for example for the user's size.
- a threshold of correctness is defined, for a patient to attempt to keep all his motions as being of a quality (in one or more parameters) above the threshold.
- a substantial part of rehabilitation comprises exercising a patient in motions which are correct or teaching the patient how to know if a certain motion he has performed is of a higher or of a lower quality.
- a patient may be trained to not ignore a damaged limb.
- a patient may be trained to use a damaged joint as part of "correct" motion, so as not to reduce a range of motion of the joint.
- the relative motion expected between an elbow and a wrist is known (e.g., or is inputted by a therapist, such as by example) for certain motions, such as moving objects on a table surface. If a patient deviates by a certain amount (e.g., defined by the therapist) feedback is provided.
- Motion with a good arm limb is used to train a bad limb.
- a good arm can be used to trace a circle and then the bad arm is trained to trace the circle.
- One advantage of such training is the intimate feedback that a patient receives by better understanding exactly which joints and muscles are used for each motion.
- the "good" motion is provided by a therapist or other caregiver.
- Fig. 7 and Fig. 8 shows two handle devices 700 and 800 respectively, in which two arms can be moved simultaneously, with optional coupling. This is used to have one arm passively move the other arm, for example so the patient can sense with the good arm what a bad arm is doing, or vice versa. Alternatively or additionally, one handle is moved by the device, so the patient can see what is expected of him.
- two arm devices are used for children, for example as a game between paretic children and healthy children or grownups.
- two separate rehabilitation devices 702 and 704 are optionally attached by a base 706 and coupled by computer, electrically and/or mechanically, so that an arm 708 of one mimics the motion of an arm 710 of the other.
- the arm moving mechanism is optionally a ball based mechanism as described below.
- a single joint links two arms 808 and 810.
- arms 808 and 810 are extendible (as described below, for example) and are linked together so that they both lengthen and shorten together, for example, the two arms including extensions that are engaged on opposite sides of a gear with a fixed center of rotation (e.g., a rack and pinion mechanism).
- Mirrored motion is provided using other devices.
- mirrored motion is provided by a user holding one mouse in either hand (or in a same hand sequentially) and applying the above transfer of motion form one hand to the other.
- One or two force-feedback joysticks are used. It should be noted that for this a plurality of devices may be used. In particular, for specific applications, relatively simple and/or standard hardware can be used, for example force feedback joysticks or haptic displays.
- Fig. 9A illustrates a rehabilitation device 900 comprising two sections, a first section 902 associated with motion of a wrist and a second section 904 associated with motion of an elbow.
- Sections 902 and 904 can be ball-based devices as described below.
- a rigid and optionally adjustable connection 910 fixes the relative position of sections 902 and 904.
- a connection 912 optionally interconnects a wrist holder 906 and an elbow holder 908.
- Device 900 is used to exemplify control of multiple points on a limb (e.g., arm or leg) during rehabilitation.
- each of holders 908 and 906 can be controlled in three spatial dimensions and optionally in angular dimensions as well, thus allowing more complex motions to be tested, trained and/or provided.
- the possibility of restricting certain motions is useful from a safety point of view, for example, preventing certain rotations of the joints.
- a point is controlled in 3, 4, 5, or 6 degrees of freedom of motion.
- the control in some of the degrees of freedom is different than in others.
- motion in one axis may have resistance associated therewith, while an angular motion may be assisted motion with device 900 supplying some of the force.
- trajectories may be defined as relative trajectories in which the actual position of the device 900 is less important than the relative positions and movement in space of holders 906 and 908.
- Fig. 9B illustrates a rehabilitation device 920, including a single section 928 with an arm 932, on which is mounted an arm holder 930.
- Holder 930 restrains both an elbow using an elbow holder 924 and a wrist, using a wrist holder 922.
- An optional rotation mechanism 926 is shown for rotating holder 930 perpendicular to arm 932 while an optional rotation mechanism 940 rotates holder 930 around arm 932.
- a similar mechanism (not shown) is optionally provided for rotating holder 930 around its axis.
- a rehabilitation device requires synchronized motion of several body parts, for example, an arm and a leg.
- the device is based on a universal joint, from which extends a rigid arm, which is optionally changeable in length.
- the universal joint is implemented as a ball in socket joint.
- Fig. 10 shows an exemplary rehabilitation device 1000, using a ball-in-socket joint. This reference number is used in the general sense for several ball-based devices as described herein, for conciseness.
- Device 1000 comprises a base 1004, for example a table containing a plate 1016, with an aperture 1017 defined therein and enclosing a ball 1010.
- Ball 1010 optionally rests on a plurality of rollers 1012.
- rollers 1012 are replaced by a bottom plate 1015 with an aperture 1013 defined therein which supports ball 1010.
- An arm 1002 extends from ball 1010 and is optionally balanced by a counter-weight 1018 attached by a rod 1022 to an opposite side of ball 1010.
- Rod 1022 optionally passes through a slot in an optional guide plate 1020, described in greater detail below.
- ball 1010 turns and/or rotates, allowing a tip 1008 of arm 1002 to define various trajectories in space.
- arm 1002 is extendible, so that the trajectories fill a volume of space.
- arm 1002 includes a motor or brake 1024 (e.g., an oil brake), to actively move or passively resist such extension.
- a motor or brake 1024 e.g., an oil brake
- a brake 1014 is provided for ball 1010.
- torque at the surface of the ball for example as required for braking or moving arm 1002 is generally smaller than required for smaller joints, possibly allowing the use of smaller or cheaper motors or other mechanical elements.
- positional control of such motors and/or sensitivity of position sensors can be smaller, while still allowing for sufficiently precise control and feedback.
- Device 1000 can be provided in various configurations. In a simplest configuration, the device is completely passive and a user can merely set plate settings (described below) and resistance settings on the brakes. In a more advanced configuration, resistance can be varied in real-time by a computer control. In another advanced configuration, sensing of ball and/or arm position is provided (e.g., using sensors, not shown). In another advanced configuration, directional resistance can be varied (e.g., using a directional brake, not shown). In another advanced configuration, motive force, optionally directional can be set or varied, for example using a plate and/or using multiple directional motors (which can also be used to provide resistance).
- motors are used to control motion and/or force of arm 1002.
- the motors optionally include optical position encoders, to determine an arm position.
- stepper motors or servo motors are used.
- a separate sensor for example, one which reads optical markings off of ball 1010, is used.
- Rollers 1012 are replaced by motors which rotate wheels. If one wheel is in a direction (relative to the surface of ball 1010) perpendicular to another such wheel, selective motion in one or both directions can be achieved (e.g., if motion perpendicular to the wheel is low-friction slipping motion).
- only one roller is replaced by a motor with a turning wheel, wherein the wheel is turned to a direction of motion desired and then rotated to achieve the motion.
- Directional resistance is optionally achieved using the motor.
- such resistance is achieved by a combination of the motor applying force or resistance and a general resistance applied by brake 1014.
- one or more strain sensors are provided or integrated in the motor(s), to assess a direction of force being applied to arm 1002. Then, the motors can respond with a counter-force, or an assisting force or a diverting force (e.g., with a component perpendicular to the applied force), as required.
- Brake 1014 is operated by raising and lowering the brake towards the equator of ball 1010, when the brake has an inner diameter of less than that of the ball.
- the brake is inflated and deflated as needed.
- a circumference of the brake is modified, for example, by it being formed of shape memory alloys which are heated to cause momentary expansion and/or shrinkage of the brake.
- a perpendicular brake is used which is pressed onto the surface of ball 1010 and towards the center thereof.
- directional brakes may be used, for example, rubber blades-like pads which resist motion of the ball along the blade by bend with relatively low friction to allow motion perpendicular to the blade.
- forces applied to point 1008 generally include also a component along the axis of arm 1002, to which brake or motor 1024 may respond and which is optionally taken into account in the response of ball 1010.
- Fig. 11 shows a balancing of device 1000.
- Fig. 11 shows a variant of device 1000, in which ball 1010 is supported by plate 1015.
- Weight 1018 is optionally designed to exactly cancel the moment of arm 1002. Alternatively, it may be designed, or modified (e.g., by changing its distance from ball 1010 or by adding or removing a modular weight), to provide a force which return arm 1002 to a resting position or a force which tends to move it away from such a resting position. In some cases, balancing may be adjusted to correct for a weight of an attachment, or of the patient's limb.
- the extending part when arm 1002 is extendible, the extending part includes a moving counter-weight that extends away from the center of ball 1010 in a manner which maintains the center of gravity of ball 1010. This motion may be solely inside of ball 1010.
- balancing of ball 1010 is provided by active balancing by the motors and/or brakes. Such active balancing may also be used to effectively reduce or cancel out the moment of inertia of ball 1010 and arm 1002.
- handle 1008 includes one or more contacts and/or circuitry which match one or more contacts or circuitry in a mating part of the attachment. This allows device 1000 to detect which attachment is being added and suitably move weight 1018 to compensate. Suitable tables are optionally downloaded from a remote site.
- the attachment includes a peg of suitable length which pushes into tip 1008 and thereby moves an arm balancing weight inside of ball 1010. Movement of weight 1018 is optionally by a motor (not shown) and may be, for example, along a rod 1022 and/or away from a line connecting rod 1022 and arm 1002.
- device 1000 self calibrates by detecting an applied torque moment and moving weight 1018 (or other weights) to compensate.
- the balancing is designed relative to an expected weight or force applied by a person during an activity.
- Fig. 11 also shows rod 1022 being constrained to travel in a straight line by a slot 1030 in plate 1020.
- Fig. 12 illustrates a drive system for a plate-based rehabilitation device.
- a first, optional, motor 1046 is attached to a gear 1048 which rotates plate 1020 to allow motion of rod 1022 in other than a straight line.
- a second, optional motor 1040 is attached to a threaded rod 1042 on which a rod coupler 1044 travels. As coupler 1044 travels, it moves (or resists) rod 1022 along slot 1030. Other mechanisms can be used as well.
- FIG. 13A illustrates an exemplary coupling device 1300 for replacing coupler 1044, and which has this property.
- Coupling device 1300 includes a body 1314 having an inner threaded section 1302 for mounting on threaded rod 1042.
- Body 1314 further comprises an apertured element 1306 having an aperture 1304 which engages rod 1022.
- One or more spring elements 1308 couple element 1304 to body 1314.
- the tension in spring element 1308 can be adjusted, for example by a screw 1310.
- a linear displacement sensor 1312 is provided to measure the error in the position of rod 1022.
- Elements 1308 can be provided, for example, in the direction of slot 1030 and/or perpendicular to it.
- Other exemplary force control mechanisms are described with reference to Figs. 22-26 .
- Fig. 13B shows an elastic guide 1340, formed of two halves 1342 and 1344 coupled by one or more springs 1352 and 1354.
- a slot 1346 formed between two edges 1348 and 1350 of the halves has some elastic give.
- edges 1348 and 1350 are made at least partially elastic, for example, of rubber.
- Figs. 14A illustrates a variant device, in which two guide plates are used in tandem, an upper guide plate 1020 and a lower guide plate 1402. Separate motors are optionally provided for rotating each guide plate.
- Fig. 14B shows a guide plate with several slots.
- the solid areas are provided to prevent the cut-outs from falling out.
- Other methods for example, out-of-plane bridges, may be used instead.
- Fig. 14C shows a guide plate with an "X" shaped slot.
- Other shapes can be provided as well, for example a circle with a cross inside, or curved slots.
- Programming device 1000 includes replacing slots and/or setting resistance.
- a slot in inserted it is recognized by device 1000, for example, using a contact based detection scheme as described above or using a wireless or RF communication, for example, by embedding a smart card circuitry in the plate.
- Fig. 15A shows a wrist attachment 1500, which provides control and/or feedback for one or more degrees of motion of a hand.
- a forearm is supposed to rest on a rest 1510, while a grip 1502 is grasped by the hand. Grip 1502 is gimbaled in one or more axes relative to rest 1510.
- handle 1502 is mounted on a base 1503 which includes a rod 1504.
- a joint section 1506 can optionally rotate around the axis of rod 1504 and/or travel along it.
- an optional rod 1508 interconnects rest 1510 and joint section 1506 and allow rotation around rod 1508.
- an optional rod 1512 meets joint section 1506 at a direction perpendicular to the other two rods and allows rotation around that third axis.
- wrist attachment 1500 is attached to tip 1508 at rest 1510 or at a base section 1514 attached to rod 1508.
- one or more of the relative motions described is supported by one or more motors and/or controllable brakes.
- one or more springs the handle to the rehabilitation device so as to provide the varying resistance shown in Figs. 3A and 3B , in one or more dimensions.
- Fig. 15B shows a wrist attachment 1520 and generally following the form of device 1500.
- a handle 1522 is griped by a patient, while the patient's arm rests on an arm rest 1524.
- one or more straps are provided (not shown) which can attach via one or more strap slots 1526.
- a base 1542 affords attachment via a connector 1528 to an arm 102 (not shown, but exemplified in Fig. 15C ).
- a universal connector is used which is suitable for multiple attachments as described herein, for example.
- the connector provides one ore more of mechanical fixation, power (e.g., electrical power) and data transfer.
- the connector also provides identifying information about the attachment to device 100.
- the resistance at one or more of the joints is adjustable.
- the adjustment is manual, for example using one or more of knobs 1536, 1538 and 1540.
- an internal adjustment for example, using a small electric motor, is provided.
- the resistance may be, for example, of a friction type or of a resilient (e.g., spring) type.
- rotation sensors are provided for each joint, for example potentiometers.
- handle 1522 is replaceable, for example, using a pull-pin 1544 to selectably unlock handle 1522 for removal.
- Fig. 15C shows a different version, of a wrist attachment 1550, similar to wrist attachment 1520 (e.g., a knob 1552 is at a different place from knob 1538) and shown from an opposite side. Also shown is the mounting of the wrist attachment on an arm 102
- the mounting comprises a ball and socket joint, optionally with friction resistance.
- the socket joint is designed to disconnect if it experiences torque above a certain level, for example as a safety feature.
- this safety level is settable.
- the joint comprises a ball held between two plates, with the plates interconnected by springs with a settable resistance.
- a wire interconnecting the plates is optionally provided and may generate a signal is torn (e.g., springs over strained).
- a safety tether is provided to keep the parts of the joint together.
- Another difference is that instead of a single arm rest 1524, two arm rests, 1558 and 1556 are shown. Optionally, straps are provided only for the far arm rest (1558). Optional padding 1560 is also shown.
- Fig. 15D shows a non-vertical handle attachment 1560. While a 90 degree angle is shown in a bend 1562, other angles, for example 45 degrees may be provided. Optionally, the angle allows better control over which muscles will act and/or may make some motions easier. Optionally, bend 1562 is adjustable, for example to preset angles, such as 0, 45 and 90 degrees.
- Fig. 15E shows a grip 1570 in which optional finger indentations 1572 are shown.
- An optional button 1574 for input form the patient is shown. Additional buttons may be provided.
- a body 1576 of handle 1570 is squeezable.
- One type of squeezable body includes a gas-filled bladder.
- the compression of the gas can be varied to change the resistive force.
- Body 1576 is formed of two panels separated by one or more springs.
- Fig. 15F shows two handles 1582 and 1586, which are optionally changeable via pins 1584 and 1588. This may be useful, for example, when it is desired for one hand to assist the other hand in a motion.
- the two handles actually used need not be identical.
- An optional universal connector 1590 is shown.
- a cup like attachment is used.
- a patient can hold the cup as a glass or hold it using a pinching action by its handle.
- Various sensors to measure pinching force and or grip force may be provided.
- attachments known in the art can be used, optionally being modified to include a universal connector and/or suitable sensors.
- an attachment with a strap to hold the hand is provided.
- the attachment used provides a sensation to the patient, for example, vibration, pricking, pinching or a surface texture.
- Electrical power may be provided to the attachment, as well as data, to generate and control such sensation.
- Surface texture may be varied, for example, by providing a smooth layer with an underlay that is bumpy. Extending the bumps or the bumpy layer, will vary the surface texture.
- attachments are described for the arm, it should be appreciated that such attachments can be provided to other limbs and to the head and neck.
- a pedal is provided as an attachment for a foot.
- the various rotations of the wrist attachments may also be provided for the foot.
- a head and neck attachment may be designed to hold the support various rotations and/or movements of the chin relative to the neck.
- Figs. 16A-16D illustrate various methods of elbow support. As noted above, for some rehabilitation methods it is useful to provide support for and/or prevent motion of the elbow (or other body parts).
- Device 100 supports the weight of the limb so that a patient can focus on moving the limb and not on holding it in space. Conversely, device 100 may be set to prevent the patient from leaning on the device, for example, with device 100 providing exactly the force expected to be applied by the limb (optionally with some leeway). Optionally, the degree of force changes along the trajectory, for example, as the limb extends.
- Fig. 16A shows an embodiment of the invention. It shows an elbow support 1604 attached by wires to a frame 1602, fixed to the rehabilitation device.
- frame 1602 is collapsible.
- frame 1602 is designed to allow entry of a wheel chair so that a patient on a wheelchair is not required to leave the chair for rehabilitation.
- One or more foot pedals 1609 are provided for exercising and/or other rehabilitation activities of the legs.
- the pedals are used to support coordinated exercises between arms and legs. Pedals that move in more than one degree of freedom may be provided, as well as various sensors as described herein.
- a perpendicular motion mechanism 1606 is shown, which may provide room for the knees of a patient sitting in a wheelchair.
- wires 1605 are set (e.g., their length) to a desired elbow location.
- three wires are used so that elbow support 1604 can be fixed in space.
- more wires for example, four wires are provided, so that even when not occupied, support 1604 does not move.
- wires may be used to set an elbow support, such wires may also be used to support other body parts.
- multiple sets of wires are provided, for supporting multiple body parts.
- a wire based system is used instead of an arm 102 or 1002 to control the position of a tip (or attachment) or point on a body.
- a wire system is used for measurement of a position in space.
- a wire 1605 recoils and is attached to a measurement device such as an encoder. Interpolation can be used to provide XYZ coordinates of support 1604.
- wires are used to measure a relative position of a chair and a rehabilitation device (e.g., frame 1602).
- a wire mechanism is attached between two limbs and used to determine their relative distance. Multiple wires may be used to determine more than just a distance value.
- a wire system is used for measuring additional parameters, for example, force applied to a limb (optionally including direction) and speed of motion. It should be noted that a combined system including (for a same point or tip 108) both robotic elements and wire elements, may be provided.
- a wire system is controlled, for example using a motor, to maintain a certain tension.
- this is used to allow floating support of a limb.
- motors are used for controlling or assisting motion, for example with a motor being used to shorten a wire or allow a wire to play out at a certain speed or if a certain force is sensed.
- a wire 1605 provides compliance against tension, for example, by providing a spring attached to a wire 1605 (e.g., at a point 1608, where a motor may be provided as well).
- the tension in the spring may be varied, for example, using an electric motor.
- the spring is used to provide cushioning in general.
- Fig. 16B shows elbow support 1604 supported by an arm 1610 which extends from the rehabilitation device.
- arm 1610 includes a linear extension measurement element and two rotary measurement elements, to indicate the position of support 1604. Sensors so device 100 can calculate the position.
- force sensors may be provided, to assist in analyzing the forces applied by the patient to support 1604.
- Fig. 16C shows elbow support 1604 supported by a jointed arm 1620 which extends from the rehabilitation device.
- Fig. 16D shows elbow support 1604 supported by a member 1630 which extends out of (and/or is mounted on) arm 1002.
- the extending arms and members are configurable.
- the arms include motors and/or variable resistance elements.
- the arms and links include position, orientation, displacement and/or force sensors. The actual position of various parts of the arm may be determined based on the fact that one or more parts of the arm are fixed and the length is known. If any joints are provided, the angle of the joint may be measured.
- FIG. 19 An additional elbow support example is shown in Fig. 19 , below, in a docking station.
- FIG. 17A shows a rehabilitation device 1700, including a joint 1702 between a base 1704 thereof and a movement mechanism 1706 thereof, which can assume multiple orientations.
- one of the above described rehabilitation devices may be mounted on a surface other than the floor or on legs with uneven lengths.
- rollers such as rollers 1012 are provided above ball 1010 as well, so that they can support ball 1010, when device 1000 is on its side or upside down. Mounting is achieved, for example, by screws or using an adhesive.
- One potential advantage of a varying orientation rehabilitation device is the ability to rehabilitate a patient in varying positions. For example, some exercises, for example those including reaching and balance may be usefully practiced while standing up. Some exercises, must be practiced while lying down, as the patient is bed-ridden. Some exercises may be practiced sitting and others while kneeling.
- Another potential advantage is that a same system may be used to rehabilitate different body parts with a same device.
- a varying orientation rehabilitation device Another potential advantage of a varying orientation rehabilitation device is that many arm motion mechanisms are limited in their range of motion, coupling between axes and/or other mechanical considerations. Varying the orientation of the device allows the motion mechanism to be placed at a more optimal position. It should be noted that in some varying orientation devices, the controlled tip 108 of the device can stay in a same location even though the motion mechanism has moved. This allows, for example, that a patient remain in a wheelchair during a change in exercise.
- one or more motors are used to effect the change in orientation.
- One or more angle sensors may be provided to detect the actual rotation of joint 1702 (in one or two directions).
- Fig. 17B and Fig. 17C show an alternative varying orientation rehabilitation device 1710, in two orientations.
- a support slab 1724 positions a motion mechanism 1720 and an arm 1722 relative to a base 1712.
- one or more extendible legs 1714 are provided for stability.
- a wheelchair guide 1716 optionally extendible, is provided.
- guide 1716 is slotted to allow a wheel to enter therein.
- chucks are added on either side of the wheel to lock the wheel in place.
- an optional bracket based locking mechanism in which one or more pins or brackets engages the wheel from one or both sides thereof, for example along the wheel axis. Such a mechanism may be electrically actuated, for example, by the patient himself. This wheelchair locking mechanism may be used as well.
- Slab 1724 can be positioned at various angles.
- Fig. 17B shows an angle of about 45 degrees.
- Fig. 17C shows a 90 degree angle.
- a second support slab 1726 attached by a lockable hinge 1728 to support slab 1724.
- slab 1726 is flat against base 1712. Additional possible modes are a 0 degree angle, in which slabs 1724 and 1726 lay flat in a recess 1734 of base 1712.
- a hinge 1730 is used to rotate motion mechanism 1720 so that it faces upwards.
- motion mechanism 1720 is coupled to hinge 1730 via a rotatable base 1721.
- Another exemplary position is with slab 1724 lying flat in a recess 1732, so that rotatable base 1721 also lies in recess 1732.
- This is a transport mode, in which arm 1722 may be detached and the whole of device 1710 may fit, for example, in a trunk of a car.
- Slab 1726 is optionally attached to base 1712, by another lockable hinge (not shown).
- Fig. 17D shows an alternative rehabilitation device 1740 with an adjustable position of a motion mechanism 1748 thereof.
- a rail 1744 extends from a base 1742 and motion mechanism 1748 is coupled to a traveler 1746 which rides on rail 1744.
- motion mechanism 1748 is attached by a hinge to traveler 1746, to better utilize the range of motion of mechanism 1748 (e.g., allowing an arm 1750 of device 1740 to be centered in a center of a motion space using traveler 1746, rather than using mechanism 1748).
- Rail 1744 optionally folds for travel.
- Rail 1744 optionally includes an in-built data and power bus for transferring at least power to mechanism 1748.
- a flexible cable (not shown) is used.
- Base 1742 (as other bases shown herein) may optionally include wheels.
- Multiple limbs can be trained together, for example, for rehabilitating synchronized motion.
- Multiple modules such as used in device 1000 are attached in various configurations to achieve this effect.
- the attachment can be, for example, structural (e.g., preventing undesired relative motion, but possibly adjustable), mechanical, for example transmitting motion from one module to another, and/or controlled, for example, modifying the interaction at one module in response or in synchrony with interaction at another module.
- Fig. 18 shows a rehabilitation device 1800 for an arm and a leg.
- Device 1800 includes a first section 1804 for exercising an arm, for example using a mechanism of device 1000, and a second section 1802 for exercising a leg, for example also using the mechanism of device 1000.
- One exemplary use for this type of device is to rehabilitate a stroke victim with one side paralysis.
- Another exemplary use is to train synchronized motions, such as required for walking.
- FIG. 19A shows a rehabilitation device 1900 with four mechanism modules.
- a pair of modules 1902 and 1904 is used to control the movements of a right arm and a pair of mechanism modules 1906 and 1908 is used to control the movements of a left arm.
- the two pairs of modules can be synchronized and/or used for teaching, for example, as described above.
- one or more modules are added for exercising each leg.
- one or more pedals 1910 such as in Fig. 16A are provided.
- devices with a greater degree of freedom can be used.
- gait training mechanisms for example as described in US provisional application no. 60/633,428 filed on December 7, 2004 , also being filed as PCT application on same date as the present application and by the same applicant, entitled “Gait Rehabilitation Methods and Apparatuses” and having attorney docket number 414/04391are used.
- such mechanism includes a support which attaches to an ankle and can rotate and/or translate the ankle (e.g., foot) in various (e.g., 2,3,4, or more) directions so as to rehabilitate walking.
- one or more mechanism modules are provided for training hip motion, even while sitting.
- a tread-mill or training bicycle is provided for the patient to walk on while exercising his upper body. Motion of the treadmill is optionally synchronized to rehabilitation exercises and actual performance by the patient.
- gait training includes individual training of different parts of the body and then training them together for a complete (or partial) gait.
- device 1900 is used with a wheelchair and not a standard chair.
- Fig. 19B shows a docking station 1920
- Fig. 19C shows docking station 1920 occupied by a wheelchair 1922.
- docking station is meant a structure to which a patient can be brought and locked into place and then rehabilitated. From a functional point of view it is generally desirable that only a minimum of manipulation of the patient be required for rehabilitation work to start.
- the patient can stay in the wheelchair and optionally instead of adjusting the patient's position (e.g., initially and when exercises change) the rehabilitation device moves, optionally autonomously, to ensure correct relative positioning.
- Two varying orientation modules 1924 and 1926 are provided on a track 1928.
- the modules are moved by hand.
- motors (not shown) change the configuration of the modules and/or move them along track 1928.
- Track 1928 optionally provides power and/or data to the modules. Also non-varying orientation modules or other rehabilitation devices may be attached.
- An optional wheel-chair holding mechanism 1932 is shown positioned on a track 1930.
- the position is changed manually.
- the position is changed using a motor (not shown).
- the wheelchair-engaging mechanism can be manual or motorized.
- a set of foot pedals 1934 is shown, but it could be replaced by other foot-training devices.
- elbow support 1936 is shown, attached to a joint 1938.
- elbow support 1936 is floating with respect to the person, optionally adjusted to compensate for the weight of the patient.
- the floating is in a plane, for example in a plane parallel to the floor.
- the location of the elbow is measured by the support and can be used for various feedbacks such as measurement of quality of motion.
- Support 1936 is optionally on a telescoping and/or articulating arm, for example as described in Fig. 16 .
- a display 1940 is optionally provided, for example for use of a therapist and/or the patient.
- An input system 1942 for example a keyboard and a joystick may be provided as well.
- the input and output devices 1940 and 1942 can be swiveled to different positions, so that the therapist can access them while docking station 1920 is occupied.
- Display 1940, input 1942 and/or joint 1938 are optionally mounted on a column, optionally a telescoping column.
- a display 1946 (audio and/or visual) dedicated to the patient is provided.
- a similar docking station may be provided for a gurney, for example with four motion mechanisms, one for each limb.
- the rehabilitation device is made portable enough so that it may be brought to a bed-ridden patient.
- a rehabilitation device which is mobile. There are various levels of mobility, as described herein can achieve these levels.
- Mobility of a rehabilitation device is used to move the device within a ward or between hospital wards.
- Fig. 19D shows mobile rehabilitation devices 1950 positioned near a bed 1951.
- a mobile device, a motion mechanism 1952 is mounted on a rail 1958, for example a curved rail with a base 1960. Wheels, optionally lockable and/or extending legs (not shown) may be provided on base 1960.
- Rail 1958 optionally includes one or more tracks 1962 (slots shown) for adjusting the position of mechanism 1952. Two different attachments are shown, 1954 for an arm and 1956, for a leg. Optionally, the wheels are used to move device 1950 into storage. Collapsible devices were described above, for example in Fig 17B .
- Fig. 19E shows an alternative mobile rehabilitation device 1964, coupled to bed 1951.
- One or more attachment mechanism 1972 lock device 1964 to bed 1951. Wheels are optionally provided.
- Device 1952 may be used, for example for rehabilitation from above.
- Device 1964 comprises a frame 1970 on a top part 1966 of which a movement mechanism 1952 is mounted.
- device 1952 can move along the frame.
- a ball grip attachment 1968 is shown.
- Mobility may also be useful in other settings, for example, at home or in a small clinic. Also, as noted above, a mobile rehabilitation device may be carried by a therapist on home-calls.
- FIG. 19F exemplifies the use of mobile rehabilitation devices 1972 in a bathtub 1976.
- a wheeled base 1978 is shown, but other base types, including a fixed base, may be used.
- Two arm attachments 1974 with extended connections are used and the patient may be sitting or lying down.
- Rehabilitation may also be carried out in a swimming pool, with device 1972, for example, being attached to a ceiling above the pool.
- the rehabilitation device is kept outside the water, but attachments are made waterproof.
- the device itself is made waterproof or at least splatter-proof.
- the rehabilitation device is made battery operated, to prevent electric-shock hazard.
- pneumatic or hydraulic motors are used instead of electric motors.
- low-voltage e.g., 24, 12, 5 volts or less
- a device without motors that includes brakes is used
- the mobility of the rehabilitation device is used for rehabilitation in the outdoors, for example in a person's garden (e.g., on grass) or in nature.
- a rehabilitation device is used for a recreational activity such as barbequing.
- the device can be used to help guide, diagnoses and train a patient in flipping hamburgers, for example.
- large wheels are provided for better traveling over soft surfaces.
- the rehabilitation device is used to rehabilitate outdoor activities such as golf or fishing.
- special attachments are provided for such activates, to match the range of motion of the movement mechanism used to the activity.
- the rehabilitation device can assist for example in holding a fishing rod, generating range of motion in the shoulder to through a fly and in resisting the pull of a fish (which is a varying force).
- Exemplary attachments are an attachment to a fishing rod and an attachment to a tip of the rod (e.g., simulating a fish).
- a leveling mechanism is provided for uneven surfaces.
- This mechanism for example, similar to that of Fig. 17A includes an inclination sensor which detects the level plane and adjusts the motion mechanism to be arranged suitably.
- a tip and or tilt detection mechanism is provided.
- the unit when tipping is detected (e.g., acceleration of the base of a rehabilitation unit), the unit generates a warning signal.
- any attachments to the patient are released, to prevent damage to the patient.
- the base includes collapsible sections so that if tipping is detected, the base can collapse one section thereof and cause the device to fall away from the patient.
- a mobile rehabilitation system for use out side of a sterile environment is made easier to clean and/or proof against spills, dirt and some weather conditions.
- the electronics and motion mechanisms are sealed.
- joints are covered with flexible rubber so that fewer bumps and cracks are present.
- a wipe-clean plastic covering is provided on the device.
- the rehabilitation system is mounted on a wheelchair, for example on its side or in back, or in a car, for example, in the seat near a driver.
- the device can be fitted in the back of a van and the van is configured to be used as a mobile rehabilitation unit, where a patient can enter (possibly in a wheel chair, possibly using a lift) and exercise.
- a rehabilitation device optionally features modular design.
- Such modular design may manifest itself in one or more of the following manners:
- a rehabilitation device is used to help specifically rehabilitate a patient to achieve daily activities, such as opening doors, eating at a table, reading a book, getting dressed, brushing teeth and washing dishes.
- Fig. 19G shows a rehabilitation device 1980 configured for use for daily activities.
- a rehabilitation module 1952 is mounted upside down over a table 1986 set with various eating utensils.
- An elbow rest 1984 is optionally provided.
- Table 1986 is attached to a frame 1988 which supports mechanism 1952.
- frame 1988 may be wide enough to surround an existing table or other home element.
- a hand of the patient is strapped to a movable tip 1982 of device 1980 and the user attempts to or is guided through a daily activity such as picking up a fork.
- a glove with force-feedback is used to selectively rehabilitate individual fingers.
- Such gloves are known in the art.
- Device 1980 is used for one or more of training a patient to do activities related to daily life, testing the patient's current ability to do such activities and/or monitoring a patient's ability.
- testing and/or monitoring are used by insurance companies to decide on compensation or assistance required.
- Such testing can be repeated over a period of time so that attempts to cheat may be detected by sudden spikes in ability.
- a spillage indicating cup is provided, which includes an inclination sensor.
- a whiteboard with ability to detect a pen position is used in rehabilitation exercises involving writing on a wall. The detected position and/or pressure is reported to the rehabilitation device which optionally holds, supports and/or guides the hand of a patient.
- An implement of daily living is turned into an attachment by providing one or more patches, for example stickers which include a sensors, for example a position or a pressure sensors, and attaching the patch to a daily use implement, such as hammer or a wall.
- the rehabilitation device optionally includes a position determining means, for example, a wireless unit which communicates with position sensors on the patches or a camera which images the patches, so that the rehabilitation device can determine relative positions and/or orientations of the daily use objects.
- rehabilitation and/or diagnosis is carried out using the methods described herein but without mechanical support or kinesthetic feedback.
- vibration or other feedback is provided to a patient by attaching a vibrating patch (under control of the rehabilitation device) to a limb which is being rehabilitated.
- Fig. 19H shows a device 1990 for assisting in training for activities of daily living.
- device 1990 includes two settable points 1992 and 1993 connected to a base 1994.
- a pair of adjustable arms, for example goose-neck arms 1996 can be used to adjust their position in space.
- set points 1992 and 1993 are positioned to emulate a situation, for example pouring tea.
- a patient is required to move a cup (e.g., helped by a rehabilitation device, not shown) from point 1992 to point 1993. the trajectory is then evaluated.
- Set point 1993 is shown as a flat surface, on which items may be placed. Other structures and attachments, such as hooks, may be used.
- set points 1992 and 1993 include sensors, for example proximity sensors (to detect human or rehabilitation robot), contact sensors, pressure sensors and/or position sensors.
- the set points may also provide feedback, for example, lights, sound or vibration.
- the relative positions of points 1992 and 1993 may be determined, for example, using position sensors or cameras.
- tip 108 is used to register their position to the rehabilitation device, by contacting points 1992 and 1993 in turn by tip 108.
- a dummy arm is mounted on the rehabilitation device to calibrate the relative expected position of tip 108 and a set point, when the set point is actually being touched by a part of the user, such as a finger.
- a joint in an articulated arm is configured to provide selective and/or directional resistance.
- Fig. 20 is a cross-sectional view of such a joint between a rod 2004 and a rod 2002.
- a chuck 2006 fits into a flaring end 2008 of rod 2004 and engages a ball 2012 attached to rod 2002. If chuck 2006 is retracted towards rod 2004, it tightens around ball 2012 and increases the resistance thereof.
- one or more strain sensors and/or optical sensors is provided between chuck 2006 and ball 2012, so that a direction of force being applied to joint 2000, can be determined.
- one or more electrically activated brake elements are provided, for example piezoelectric elements, which can selectively modify a degree of resistance. This may be provided instead of or additional to a retracting chuck mechanism.
- Fig. 21 shows an alternative rehabilitation device 2100, in which a ball joint is not used.
- An arm 2102, optionally extendible is optionally balanced by an optional counter-weight 2110 around an axle 2106.
- Counter-weight 2110 may include a motor or variable brake for controlling extension of arm 2102.
- a motor 2108 is optionally provided to rotate arm 2102 around axle 2106.
- a second hinge 2112 is provided to allow rotation around an axis perpendicular to arm 2102 and axle 2106.
- motor 2108 includes a weight so that it balances arm 2102 relative to hinge 2112.
- a slot 2114 is provided in a base section 2104 of device 2100, for functioning as plate 1020 and slot 1030 above. A similar structural arrangement may be used as well.
- a rotatable plate 2116 is provided for carrying slot 2114.
- a motor (not shown) is optionally provided for rotation around joint 2112.
- joint 2112 is raised to have an axis crossing the axis of axle 2106.
- Figs. 22A shows an alternative gimbaled device 2200 for use as a motion mechanism.
- Fig. 22B shows a configuration of device 2200 including motors and/or brakes.
- Device 2200 includes a gimbaled section 2202, an optionally removable z-axis element 2204 and an optionally replaceable handle 2206 attached thereto.
- a modular connector 2208 for example as shown in Fig. 15 may be used.
- a release pin 2210 is user to selectively take off z-axis element 2204, for example,, for replacement or for storage.
- Gimbaled section 2202 optionally includes a frame 2212 including a first hinge 2214.
- a guiding frame 2216 is attached to hinge 2214 that provides a first stationary axis and includes a guide pathway for guiding an extension (or cam follower or pin) 2218 (described below).
- a second stationary axis is provided by a hinge 2220 also on frame 2212.
- Handle 2204 is optionally rigidly attached to a frame 2222 which includes extension 2218.
- extension 2218 includes a balancing weight (not shown).
- Fig. 22B shows device 2200 in an exemplary deployed configuration, with two braking mechanisms 2232 and two force control mechanism 2230 attached.
- a practical device can be constructed with only one of resistance and force control. Force control mechanisms 2230 are described below in greater detail.
- a disc braking mechanism is used in which a disc (or part of a disc) 2240 is selectively constrained by a friction element (not shown).
- a motor 2250 selectively sets the pressure applied by the friction element on the disc.
- Other friction mechanisms may be provided as well.
- the following mechanism is used to couple motor 2250 to disc 2240.
- a coupling 2248 converts rotational motion of motor 2250 into axial motion of a rod 2247.
- rod 2247 is spring-loaded so that absent power to motor 2250, the pin moves to a locked or an unlocked position, where the friction on disc 2240 is maximal or minimal (depending on the implementation).
- a rest 2246 is thereby selectively lifted or pushed down by rod 2247.
- the friction element while not shown, is coupled to a rotatable element 2242 that converts rotation thereof to motion of the friction element towards or away from disc 2240.
- element 2242 is a screw.
- Element 2242 includes an trans-axial lever 2244 which is engaged by rest 2246 and thereby rotates element 2242 when rest 2246 is moved.
- Rotatable element 2242 is optionally spring-loaded.
- brake mechanisms can be used, for example as known in the art of brakes, for example, electrical, fluid, magnetic and/or mechanical brakes.
- Coupling between motion in the various axis is reduced by providing a single unidirectional brake.
- the brake comprises a spherical segment which is selectively pressed against pin 2218.
- a sensor 2234 is coupled to the axis of hinge 2220 and report when handle 2204 is rotated to its limit(s).
- a sensor 2236 reports when the handle is in a reference (or home) position.
- a sensor 2238 for example a rotatary potentiometer or encoder reports on the angle of rotation of hinge 2220. Similar sensors may be used for the hinge 2214.
- the brake mechanism is used for one or more of providing safety by stopping motion, providing programmable resistance (even in a system without active motion of the device) and/or balancing (e.g., by providing friction when needed to counteract external forces).
- the braking action in the two modules 2232 is coupled to provide for uniform braking behavior independent of whether the motion of handle 2204 is along one of the stationary axes or not.
- Fig. 23 shows a cantilevered gimbaled mechanism 2300.
- a frame 2302 is coupled (rigidly or not, as will be described in Fig. 25 ) to a handle (not shown) which is optionally attachable to a drive system 2304 (e.g., for selectable extension and resistance to axial motion of the handle).
- Frame 2302 is rotatably coupled to a frame 2306. Relative rotation between frames 2302 and 2306 is provided by a motor 2316.
- Motor 2316 couples the frames using a worm gear 2314 and pinion 2312. Other connections methods may be provided.
- the worm gear has a lead angle small enough to prevent motion of the handle from back-driving the motor. Possibly a worm gear is cheaper, quieter and/or allows a lower cost motor to be used, as compared to using a precise motor and/or gear-box.
- Frame 2306 is optionally coupled to a base bracket 2307 using a similar mechanism, of which only pinion 2308 and worm 2310 are shown.
- Fig. 24A shows a force and drive control mechanism 2400. As shown, mechanism 2400 includes a drive section and a force feedback section.
- an axle (not shown) of hinge 2220 or 2214 is coupled to an inner pinion section 2402 of a pinion 2404, for example via a gear section formed on the axle.
- Pinion 2404 is rotated by a worm gear 2406 which turns on an axis 2407.
- Power is provided by a motor 2414 via a set of two pulleys 2408 and 2410 connected by a belt 2412.
- Other power trains may be used as well.
- worm gear 2406 has a lead angle small enough so that it cannot be back-driven by pinion 2404. Instead, force (e.g., from the handle) which counteracts the force applied by motor 2414 will cause worm gear 2406 to move axially along axis 2407.
- force e.g., from the handle
- a viscous braking mechanism and a resilient resistance mechanism are provided to counteract this force.
- Various combinations of settings may be provided, for example resulting in what is shown in Fig. 3B .
- Axial movement of worm gear 2406 results in displacement of one of the two levers marked 2422 (the figure shows a mirror-imaged mechanism).
- Viscous cushioning is optionally provided by a cushion 2440 resisting motion of lever 2422.
- Cushion 2440 is optionally adjustable, for example by hand or by the rehabilitation device.
- a linear potentiometer or other position sensor, are optionally used to detect the offset of worm gear 2406.
- a spring 2420 resists the motion of lever 2422.
- spring 2420 can be selectably preloaded by a motor 2424.
- a set of pulleys 2426 and 2430 and a belt 2428 cause the rotation of a threaded shaft 2432.
- a nut 2434 rides on the screw and converts its rotation into preload of spring 2420.
- shaft 2432 is threaded in opposite directions on its two ends. It should be appreciated that separate preloading for each of the two springs 2420 may be provided, for example if an asymmetric force resistance is desired, or to counter-balance for gravity.
- manual adjustment of preloading is provided by a nut 2438, possibly used for initial calibration and setting.
- a pin 2436 is provided to limit the axial extent of motion of worm gear 2406. It should be noted that if the preload is above zero, axial motion of worm gear 2406 will not occur until this force is overcome. This corresponds to F min in Fig. 3B .
- the force mechanism is set up so that there is more resistance to extending motion (away from the body) than to motion towards the body.
- springs 2420 can sit on axis 2407.
- motor 2424 and the associated pre-load setting mechanism can be replaced by a single spring coupled between the two levers 2422.
- This structure can provide various modes of operation for example:
- a potential advantage of the spring-motor combination is that velocity and/or range limitations on motion can be provided. Another potential advantage is that gradual (e.g., resilient) stopping can be provided, even in an emergency stop. Another potential advantage is that the viscous damping can provide a dynamic feeling.
- Fig. 24B is a flowchart 2460 of the operation of mechanism 2400 when two such mechanisms are attached to the device of Fig. 22B , in a free-hand mode.
- a similar process may be used for implementation with force control in three axes.
- Flowchart 2460 describes how the magnitude and direction of force applied by a user is measured and then used to guide the motion of the handle. Acts 2462 through 2476 are described only for Phi, but are carried out for all axes (e.g., Theta), as well.
- filtering is applied, for example low pass filtering which smoothes the signal and/or removes noise.
- a scaling operation is optionally performed, for example to match calibration and control parameters.
- a noise gate is optionally applies where signals below a threshold are converted to zero.
- the magnitude and/or direction of the change in position are optionally extracted.
- a position command is optionally generated using a gain factor.
- the position command is optionally clamped to be at least a minimal value, for example, to overcome friction and/or noise levels.
- an absolute position command is optionally generated.
- the velocities of Phi and Theta axes are calculated.
- acceleration is calculated as well.
- a composite vector of correction is found.
- the composite vector is a maximum of phi and theta rather than a vector combination, this may serve to stabilize the system and/or prevent mechanical problems.
- a gain smaller than 1 is optionally applied, possibly increasing the stability.
- the angle of the velocity vector is optionally calculated.
- a command for the motive source (e.g., motors) is generated.
- Fig. 25 shows an alternative force control mechanism 2500 in which Phi and Theta axes are coupled using a single spring mechanism. A handle 2502 is moved using axes not shown.
- mechanism 2500 comprises an inner mechanism described in Fig. 23 (where external Phi and Theta axes are shown).
- An axis 2504 (and a matching orthogonal axis, not shown) comprise inner Phi and Theta axes which handle 2502 rotates around a small amount when force control is applied.
- a bottom part 2506 contacts a plate 2508.
- the small amount of rotation causes plate 2508 to be depressed by part 2506 (other shapes may be provided, but part 2506 is optionally rounded at its circumference).
- This depression is resisted by one or more springs 2510, for example four springs.
- the pre-load of the springs may be set using a motor 2522 which using a driver train comprising pulleys 2520 and 2516 and a belt 2518 can rotate a screw 2514 which compresses springs 2510 by lifting a base 2512. Alternatively or additionally, manual pre-loading may be practiced
- linear motion of plate 2508 is ensured using a bushing 2524 or other means as known in the art.
- a mechanical stop may be provided to the relative motion of cap 2508 and base 2512, so that sufficient preload of springs 2510 prevents any mechanical motion.
- the rounding of the edges of part 2506 may be calculated to ensure a linear relationship between angle of rotation and displacement.
- the axes of inner rotation may be congruent with the axes of external rotation, however, this is not required.
- the axes may not be co-planar and/or the axes may not be parallel.
- Various measurement means may be provided, for example, a linear potentiometer measuring spring displacement and/or rotary potentiometers measuring Phi and Theta rotation. Measured values may be used with the flowchart of fig. 24B .
- spring 2510 is used to also provide compliance in the Z-direction.
- spring 2510 when handle 2502 is depressed, spring 2510 provides resistance.
- the hinge at axis 2504 is optionally placed in a slot is that z-axial motion of the hinge is possible.
- Fig. 26A and 26B shows a z-axis motion and force response mechanism 2600.
- the mechanism comprises a three part telescoping rod comprising a central portion 2604, a top portion 2608 and a bottom portion 2606.
- An external motor e.g. 2304 from Fig. 23
- a coupling 2610 for example a nut converts the rotary motion into axial motion of central portion 2604.
- the telescoping of portions 2604, 2606 and 2608 is optionally guided by a pair of linear bearings, 2614 for portion 2608 and 2612 for portion 2606.
- the linear bearings lie in cannels 2613 and 2611, respectively.
- a combined rack and pinion and timing belt mechanism is used to synchronize the extension of portions 2606 and 2608, as follows.
- Each of the channels 2611 and 2613 also includes a rack defined thereon and portion 2604 includes two pinions 2616 and 2618, one on either end.
- rack 2611 causes pinion 2616 to rotate.
- a timing belt 2620 which is connected between pinions 2616 and 2618 (on co-axially coupled belt pulleys of same effective diameter) causes pinion 2618 to rotate in synchronization. Pinion 2618 then moves rack 2613, causing telescoping of portion 2608.
- Telescoping allows the z-axis mechanism to be compact and assist in portability. Also, it allows motions near to the center of rotation of the motion mechanism. Telescoping allows a range of 2:1 or close to 3:1 of z-axis length. Additional telescoping potions can be provided for a greater extension ratio.
- an exchangeable handle 2630 is shown. Axial motion of handle 2630 is optionally shown by motion of a linear measurement potentiometer 2638. Optionally, handle 2630 is attached using a quick connect mechanism.
- a spring 2632 provides resilient resistance to axial motion of handle 2630, for example using the logic as described above in Fig. 24 .
- spring 2632 is a spiral spring, whose resistance can be changed by changing its effective length, for example by moving a sliding stop 2636 which determines a length of the leaves of spring 2632.
- This sliding stop is optionally moved manually, for example by rotating a housing 2634.
- an internal motor may be provided.
- This change in leaf length is generally comparable to a change in preload.
- Minimal force setting may be provided by actually preloading spring 2636, for example by axial motion thereof, or by providing another spring to resist axial motion. Preload may also be achieved by rotating spring 2632 itself, thereby tensing the spring.
- the range of motion of the force control mechanisms can be, for example, 3 cm, 5 cm, 10 cm, 15 cm, 20 cm or intermediate, smaller or greater ranges, depending on the implementation.
- gear-reduction ratios allows lower power and/or lower cost motors to be used.
- force in the Z-axis can be transferred using a flexible or a bent coupling.
- the z-axis element can be a 90 degree elbow in which only the far portion extends.
- goose-neck like mechanism is used to define shape in space for the z-axis element.
- game-types include role playing games (adventure and D&D games), kinetic games (shoot-em-up), board games and simulation games (e.g., soccer and tennis).
- Games may be played, for example, one-on-one, against a human opponent or against a machine opponents.
- Device 100 serves as an input device, for example replacing a joystick.
- device 100 is used as a VR input device, for example to read limb positions.
- specialized input modes may be defined, for example, spatial positions of arm 102 may be mapped to virtual positions on the screen or in the game world, or to velocities and/or accelerations thereof.
- Gestures may be defined for various controls, for example, "fire", "lift” and “put" commands may each have an associated gesture.
- Child games are provided, for example for encouraging paretic or CP children to avoid neglecting body parts.
- Device 100 may also be used as a social focal point for preventing the paretic child from becoming an outcast.
- a game is fitted to the ability of the patient, for example, limiting the ROM required, providing enhancement of patient motion, changing the game speed and changing the visual field which needs to be attended.
- the game is selected to match a motivation level of the patient, for example, a simple game selected for low-motivation patients.
- One or more safety features are provided to prevent injury to a patient.
- one or more of the following safety mechanism may be used:
- a rehabilitation module is used for balance training.
- a seat is attached to tip 1008 and a patient sits on the seat.
- a non-rotating plate 1020 with a slot sets the direction in which the seat is allowed to roll and the resistance level sets the difficulty.
- a handle bar is provided.
- a foot rest and/or pedals are provided for the feet.
- one or more rehabilitation modules for the arms are provided.
- a virtual reality type display or a television display are provided to enhance the sense of reality.
- Such a virtual reality display may be provided, for example to show feedback, to show instructions or to make the activity more interesting.
- Device 100 is used to train balance while standing. For example, a patient performing a reaching exercise to arm 102, when tip 108 is at various spatial positions; some positions requiring only arm extending and some positions requiring torso bending.
- Device 100 can be used for providing rehabilitation in modes other than motor.
- the displays audio and/or visual
- a single device can be used for multiple rehabilitation types (e.g., at home) and serve as a single point of contact both for the patient and for the therapist. If multiple therapists exist, the device can serve to coordinate between the various therapies and/or track general parameters, such as general progress, motivation and/or cognitive level.
- Device 100 selectively applies an exercise in one of several modalities, for example, for load balancing and/or for interest.
- Device 100 is used to rehabilitate the coordination between modalities and/or using the rehabilitation of one modality to help rehabilitate other modalities.
- One example is eye-hand coordination, where a patient is shown a target on a screen and the aim is to move tip 108 to tack it.
- Another example is timing where a patient needs to provide a command at a certain timing, possibly in an auditory modality.
- Another example is spatial planning, where a patient is provided with verbal instructions of gradually increasing complexity with regard to spatial motions.
- speech recognition is rehabilitated in concert with motion for example requiring speech to be understood fast enough to perform the motion in time, or respond to verbal instructions.
- a user may be required to provide speech utterances which match his motions.
- a speech recognition module may be provided.
- visual stimuli is made more complex as visual rehabilitation progresses, for example, starting with a light, then a light at a position, then a speed of blinking, then text which must be read, all of which are used to prompt motor action or serve as feedback (e.g., for progressively complex motor tasks: moving arm, moving to a direction, moving to a particular area).
- a particular advantage of device 100 is mechanical feedback and support is provided to the patient.
- Some of the methods described herein for motor rehabilitation are used for non-motor rehabilitation, for example, measuring motivation, remote rehabilitation, group activities and support by a computer of user activities (for example for group participation).
- rehabilitation devices described herein are optionally usable not only at a home but also at care centers, such as old age homes, hospitals and rehabilitation centers.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Rehabilitation Therapy (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Educational Technology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Mathematical Optimization (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Algebra (AREA)
- Computational Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Mathematical Analysis (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Pure & Applied Mathematics (AREA)
- Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
- Educational Administration (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Electromagnetism (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Robotics (AREA)
- Primary Health Care (AREA)
- Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
- Developmental Disabilities (AREA)
Description
- This application claims the benefit under 119(e) of
,U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/542,022 filed on February 5, 2004 ,U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/566,078 filed on April 29, 2004 ,U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/566,079 filed on April 29, 2004 ,U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/604,615 filed on August 25, 2004 ,U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/633,428 filed on December 7, 2004 andU.S. Provisional Application No. 60/633,429 filed on December 7, 2004 .U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/633,442 filed on December 7, 2004 - This application is also related to PCT applications, being filed on same date and by the same applicant as the present application, entitled "Gait Rehabilitation Methods and Apparatuses"; "Rehabilitation with Music"; "Neuromuscular Stimulation"; "Fine Motor Control Rehabilitation"; "Methods and Apparatuses for Rehabilitation Exercise and Training"; "Methods and Apparatus for Rehabilitation and Training"; "Methods and Apparatus for Rehabilitation and Training"; and having attorney docket numbers,
;414/04391 ;414/04396 ;414/04400 ;414/04401 ;414/04388 ; and414/04213 respectively.414/04404 - The present invention relates to manipulation of a body, for example for physical rehabilitation and/or training.
- After accidents or strokes, persons often need a prolonged rehabilitation process in an attempt to recapture some or all of the body function damaged in the accident or stroke. Such rehabilitation may include one or both of two elements, a physical rehabilitation portion, in which damaged or unused muscles, nerves and/or joints are brought back to full functioning (to the extent possible) and a cognitive rehabilitation portion, in which the cognitive ability to control the body is restored. In some cases, the damage to the body and/or brain is such that a patient needs to be trained in modified functionality (e.g., when one limb is made short) or even new functionality, for example, in the use of an artificial limb.
- Physical therapy is currently provided mainly by personal attention of a physical therapist who monitors and instructs a patient in the performance of certain exercises. Thus, costs for rehabilitation are high and compliance after a patient leaves a treatment center is relatively low.
- Some home physical therapy devices are known, for example a product called "backlife" provides CPM (Continuous Passive Motion) of the spine.
-
US patent 5,836,304 , describes a cognitive rehabilitation utilizing a remote therapist. -
US patent 5,466,213 , describes a rehabilitation system using a robotic arm. - An article in Journal of Rehabilitation Research and Development, Vol. 37 No. 6, November/December 2000, titled "Development of robots for rehabilitation therapy: The Palo Alto VA/Stanford experience", by Charles G. Burgar, MD; Peter S. Lum, PhD; Peggy C. Shor, OTR; H.F. Machiel Van der Loos, PhD, describes usage of robots for rehabilitation.
- A rehabilitation device according to the preamble of claim 1 is known from
US 5 466 213 A . - Aspects and features of the present invention are defined in the accompanying claims.
- According to the invention, a rehabilitation device as claimed in claim 1 is provided.
- The figures are generally not shown to scale and any sizes are only meant to be exemplary and not necessarily limiting. In the figures, identical structures, elements or parts that appear in more than one figure are preferably labeled with a same or similar number in all the figures in which they appear, in which:
-
Fig. 1 is a schematic showing of an articulated-arm based rehabilitation device; -
Fig. 2 is a schematic block diagram of a remote rehabilitation system; -
Fig. 3A illustrates a force field generated by a rehabilitation device; -
Fig. 3B shows an exemplary profile of a force of resistance; -
Fig. 4A is a flowchart of a method of using a rehabilitation device; -
Fig. 4B is a flowchart of a long term use of a rehabilitation device; -
Fig. 5 illustrates a system including limb position sensing; -
Fig. 6 illustrates an elbow holding attachment; -
Figs. 7 and 8 illustrate two hand rehabilitation devices; -
Figs. 9A and9B illustrate devices for controlled motion of more than one point in a body; -
Fig. 10 shows a ball-based rehabilitation device; -
Fig. 11 shows a balancing of the rehabilitation device ofFig. 10 ; -
Fig. 12 illustrates a drive system for a plate-based rehabilitation device; -
Fig.13A illustrates a coupling device for a plate drive system; -
Fig. 13B illustrates a plate with a flexible slot; -
Fig. 14A illustrates a two plate rehabilitation device; -
Figs 14B and 14C illustrate guide plates; -
Fig. 15A shows a wrist attachment, which provides control and/or feedback for one or more degrees of motion of a hand; -
Figs. 15B-15F show various attachments; -
Figs. 16A-16D illustrate various methods of elbow support; -
Fig. 17A illustrates a rehabilitation device with varying orientation; -
Figs. 17B and17C show an alternative rehabilitation device with varying orientation; -
Fig. 17D shows an alternative rehabilitation device with varying orientation; -
Fig. 18 shows a rehabilitation device for an arm and a leg; -
Fig. 19A shows a rehabilitation device for two sides of a body; -
Fig. 19B shows a docking station; -
Fig. 19C shows an occupied docking station of the type shown inFig. 19B ; -
Fig. 19D shows mobile rehabilitation devices positioned near a bed; -
Fig. 19E shows an alternative mobile rehabilitation device, coupled to a bed; -
Fig. 19F exemplifies the use of mobile rehabilitation devices in a bathtub; -
Fig. 19G shows a rehabilitation device configured for use for daily activities; -
Fig. 19H shows a device for assisting in training for activities of daily living; -
Fig. 20 shows a chuck mechanism; -
Fig. 21 shows an alternative non-ball, balanced, rehabilitation device; -
Fig. 22A shows another alternative non-ball rehabilitation device mechanism; -
Fig. 22B shows force control mechanisms and brakes attached to the device ofFig. 22A ; -
Fig. 23 shows a cantilevered rehabilitation device mechanism; -
Fig. 24A is a side cross-sectional view of a force control mechanism as used inFig. 22B ; -
Fig. 24B is a flowchart of the operation of the mechanism ofFig. 24A ; -
Fig. 25 shows a force control mechanism; -
Fig. 26A shows a Z-axis extension; and -
Fig. 26B shows a force control mechanism for an attachment, exemplified as part ofFig. 26A . - Only the embodiment of
Fig. 16A is covered by the claims. The other figures show examples which are useful for understanding the invention. - Some of the disclosed methods and apparatus provide for controlled, partially controlled or directed motion of portions of the body. The following sections describe this equipment by first describing the design of an exemplary device (an articulated arm), followed by various rehabilitation methods and then additional rehabilitation device designs and uses. Many of the methods can be practiced with a variety of devices and many of the devices can be used to practice a variety of methods.
-
Fig. 1 is a schematic showing of an articulated-arm basedrehabilitation device 100. In some of thedescription device 100 is referred to even though other devices described herein would suit just as well. The term "system" is used in some places instead of referring directly todevice 100 and may also include multiple devices and monitors. -
Device 100 comprises an articulatedarm 102 that projects upwards out of a table orother pedestal 104. Atip 108 ofarm 102 serves as a controlled point which can travel various 3D trajectories. Optionally,pedestal 104 is not attached to a floor but is instead weighted by an optionally weighted base 106 (which may be located elsewhere than shown), to prevent tipping or capsizing ofdevice 100 during use. Optionally,base 106 includes electronics used to power the arm. Alternatively or additionally,weight 106 is a temporary weight, for example a water-filled bladder. Other exemplary general layouts are shown below. -
Arm 102 is an articulated arm, which supports movement in 3D space. Alternative designs, for example based on a single joint and an extending arm, are described below. -
Arm 102 comprises a plurality ofsections 110 interconnected by a plurality ofjoints 112. Each joint is motorized, for example as known in the art of robotic arms. Alternatively or additionally, each joint is selectively lockable, for example as described below. Optionally, angular position sensors are provided at each joint and/or a position sensor attip 108, so the position in space ofarm 102 and/or oftip 108 can be determined. The joints may be joints with one, two, three or more degrees of freedom. - Arm 102 (e.g., its locking and/or force application and/or movement) is controlled by a
controller 114, for example a personal computer or a dedicated embedded computer. Optionally, adisplay 116 and/or auser input device 118 are used for interaction with a user. Optionally,display 116 comprises (or is limited to) an audio display, for example for providing audible and/or speech instruction and/or feedback. - An
external connection 120 for connection to a remote computer and/or other units, is optionally provided, for example for use as described inFig. 2 below. - It should be noted that some implementations of
device 100 include no computer. Some implementations require no electrical power. In one example, a mechanical computer is used to control the device parameters. Resistance to motion (optionally variable) is provided using a brake system. - As will be described below in greater detail, various rehabilitation methods require different types of motion and/or responsiveness from
arm 102 or other devices as described below. The use ofdevice 100 for rehabilitation places certain constraints ondevice 100, with respect to, for example, smoothness of motion, responsiveness, coupling between axes, balancing and/or supported range of motion. - For example, some types of rehabilitation require a patient to move
tip 108 along a trajectory. Resistance may be predefined along the trajectory or possibly no resistance at all is provided. In any case, it may be desirable thatdevice 100 not adversely affect motions by the patient, at least if they are correct. In a particular example,tip 108 provides no resistance to motion along a certain trajectory and strongly resists motion not along the certain trajectory. Such a tip is termed a neutral directed motion tip. - In order to support generalized 3D trajectories in a neutral manner (e.g., not providing resistance at least along the trajectory of motion),
arm 102 is optionally required to not have singularity points in a predefined and useful range of motion, for example a sphere of radius of 0.8 meters or less, for example, 0.5 meters or less. The term "singularity" is used to define a point and arm position where moving to an adjacent point passes the limits of one or more joints and requires a relatively large change in joints position, which is generally time consuming and is exhibited to a patient as a sudden resistance or delay. In addition, providing neutral motion means that a uniform (and desirably zero) resistance can be provided at any point in a desired range of motion. Possibly more important is that any changes in resistance be smoothly varying.Arm 102 provides a counter-force or even provides motion. Uniformity and controllability of such force is required.Tip 108 is configured to support a limb of a patient, so that the limb feels buoyant. - The magnitude of force that arm 102 can apply and/or resist depend on the rehabilitation methods with which it is to be used. For example, one rehabilitation type will require
arm 102 to resist absolutely an incorrect motion, up to a force of, for example, 100 Kg applied attip 108. In another example, it is sufficient thatarm 102 resists motion up to a force level at which it is certain that the patient feels the resistance, for example, 1 Kg. A reminding force may be useful, for example, 10 Kg, which may ensure that a patient does not inadvertently movetip 108 against the force. - The range of motion of
tip 108 covers a volume of 50x50x50 cm. A smaller or larger volume is provided. The volume need not be rectangular. Optionally, the volume also includes rotation oftip 108 around one, two or three axes. The volume of movement of the tip is one or two dimensional (i.e., in a plane or along a line). -
Arm 102 is expected to respond to a patient's activity in a manner which will seem natural or at least not interfere with the rehabilitation motion. The responsiveness ofarm 102 is faster than 10 ms or better than 5 ms. - A general property of many mechanical systems is that due to manufacturing tolerances, sensing tolerances, design and/or non-optimality of the construction some uncontrollable freedom of motion is available. The amount of uncontrolled motion in
device 100 is less than 5 mm or less than 2 mm. A spring-loaded mechanism is used to prevent unrestrained backlash motion. - Robotic technology for achieving such ranges of motion and responsiveness and forces are well known, albeit possibly at a high cost. Various additional suitable technologies are described below. Optionally,
controller 114 controls arm 102 in a passive, active or a responsive manner to achieve these objectives. Active control ofarm 102 results in compensation for at least 80% or more of the moment of inertia ofarm 102. It should be noted that different values may be required for different situations, for example a greater or lesser responsiveness or a greater or lesser uncontrollable freedom. -
Arm 102 is, for example, 1 meter, 0.8 meters, 0.5 meters, 0.3 meters or any greater smaller or intermediate length. - In
device 100 as illustrated, the motion which is controlled is that of a single point, i.e.,tip 108. By providing various attachments fortip 108,tip 108 may be connected, for example to a bone, to a joint or to a different part of the body. The attachment may be rigid, for example using a strap or it may depend on cooperation of or action by the patient, for example, as a handle or a rest. Specific attachment devices, for example for a hand, arm, elbow, knee, ankle and/or shoulder may be provided. Further, as described below, multiple tips 108 (optionally with individual arms 102) may be provided for attachment at different points of the body, on a same or different body part. - When providing rehabilitation various types of motion may be supported, for example, one or more of:
- a) Passive motion.
Tip 108 is moved (by device 100) and the patient moves with it. - b) Resisted motion. The patient moves
tip 108 and encounters resistance. The resistance may be of various magnitudes and may be uniform in all direction or be directional. - c) Assisted motion. When a patient moves
tip 108, a positive feedback onarm 102 increases the force of motion in the direction moved by the patient. - d) Force field motion. The patient moves
tip 108. Along a certain trajectory one level of resistance (or none) is encountered. Deviation from the trajectory is not allowed or meets with resistance.Fig. 3A shows an example of such a force field. Motion along a "correct"trajectory 302 can be without resistance, or possibly assisted. An increased resistance is exhibited in avolume 304 surroundingtrajectory 302. An even greater resistance is exhibited in a surroundingvolume 306. A prevention of motion may be provided in anoutside volume 308. Acorrective force vector 310 is applied when not ontrajectory 302, pointing towardstrajectory 302. Optionally, instead of a corrective force, resistance varies as a function of distance fromtrajectory 302, thus, motion oftip 108 is naturally urged back totrajectory 302.Fig. 3B is a graph showing an exemplary relationship between divergence from a path and applied force. Optionally, the force is applied in the direction of the path. Alternatively, the force maybe a unidirectional force of resistance.
This type of motion may be used to help train the patient in a desired motion. - e) Mirrored motion. Motion of
tip 108 is required to mirror the trajectory of motion of a different element, for example for dual limb rehabilitation as described below. - f) Free motion. Patient moves
tip 108 in any way he desires, possibly receiving feedback. As the patient (or therapist or helper) movestip 108,device 100, may record it for future playback. In a playback mode the prerecorded motion (or path) is optionally reconstructed using other modes. Optionally, the recorded path is modified (e.g., smoothed or otherwise edited), for example automatically or manually. - g) General Force Field. A force field and/or an assistance field is defined which is not related to any particular trajectory. For example, a range of trajectories may be allowed to be practiced by a user, or a real or virtual situation simulated (e.g., water, areas with obstacles).
- h) Local force field. A force field which is applied to only a small locality and/or only in one or two dimensions.
- i) Restricted motion. One or more points of the body of a subject are supported or prevented from moving. Optionally, the angles between such points and the moving points on the patient are measured. In one example the elbow is locked with a dedicated harness allowing only a shoulder motion. The restriction is partial and/or is provided by a movable element (e.g., an arm 102).
- j) Initiated Motion. The patient initiates the motion (e.g., a 1 cm motion or 100 gram force) and
device 100 completes or helps the patient complete the motion in space. The completion may be of a whole trajectory or of part of a trajectory. - k) Implied motion.
Device 100 begins the motion and the patient completes it.Device 100 may assist the rest of the motion in various manners (e.g., by changing to one of the modes described herein after the motion starts). If the patient fails to pick up the motion,device 100 may generate a cue, for example an audio reminder. Different parts of a single motion trajectory may each have a machine initiation definition. Optionally, if a patient is too slow in moving,device 100 begins the motion. - l) Cued motion. The patient receives a cue from the system before motion according to a different mode starts. The cue can be, for example, vibration of
tip 108, stimulation pads on the skin, audio or visual cue. The strength of the cue and/or its timing and/or other ongoing activities (e.g., a visual display and game) are used to help train the coordination between different modalities, for example, hand-eye coordination. A motion cue can be used to train a kinesthetic sense. - m) Teach Mode.
Device 100 is taught a motion. In one example, a therapist performs a motion and motion parameters at each point are recorded and can then be used for an exercise. Another way of teaching the system is to use a path that the therapist uses. The therapist may use a control to indicate a point to be taught or a continuous mode may be defined by which an entire trajectory is learned. Optionally the path and points are edited before replay. Optionally, the paths are abstracted, for example, by smoothing or identifying motion points, before playback. - Thus
rehabilitation device 100 can provide one or more of Isokinetic, Isotonic and Isostatic exercises. - It should be appreciated that a definition of a trajectory which tip 108 is to follow can include speed parameters (e.g., trajectory of path, trajectory of velocity, trajectory of force). For example, a user may be assisted, or urged, or expected, to move
tip 108 at a certain speed. The speed may be, for example, absolute, or relative (e.g., requiring a uniform speed or the speed to match a non-uniform profile). - Optionally, an angular trajectory is defined, which places constraints on an angular orientation of
tip 108. The constraint is one dimensional. In others it is two or three dimensional. - Speed, angles and spatial trajectories in a particular rehabilitation scenario may each belong to a different one of the above motion types. For example, spatial trajectory may be of a force field type, while speed trajectory is free or assisted. The type of trajectory and/or its parameters may also vary along the trajectory, as a function of time and/or as a function of previous performance. For example, a smaller assistance at a later part of a trajectory may be provided for a type of motion which was properly (or better than expected) executed in an earlier part of the trajectory.
- Trajectories may be absolute, for example, defined as a function of a resting point or a different point on
device 100. The trajectories are purely relative, for example, requiring a patient to move an arm in a straight line, regardless of starting point. A trajectory is partially relative, in that once motion starts, this determines the shape of the rest of the trajectory, for example, a start of a trajectory indicating if a patient is standing or sitting, and thus what type of hand motion is expected. - Where
multiple points 108 are defined, the motion types of each point may be of different types. What is defined is a trajectory as a function of two or more points in space. For example, if two points are used to define an elbow configuration (e.g., angle between bones), the trajectory constraints may be defined on the motion of the elbow. Such motion may be relative in space (e.g., a comparison of the two points) and not absolute (e.g., compared to a device reference point). In another example, different limitations are provided for different points, for example, angular limitations at one point and velocity limitations of another. - It should be noted that a tensor or tensor field is provided, as each point in space can have associated with it a speed, a force and/or a rotation, all of which can be scalar or a vector.
- Different modes are defined for different parts of a trajectory or for different parts of space (e.g., for a particular arm). Optionally, a mode may be triggered based on the actual performance. For example, if motion velocity is below a certain threshold, a more assistive mode is provided. Similarly, a pause of over a threshold may imply a more assistive mode. An exact motion may imply a less assistive mode.
- Modes may be changed automatically, for example, when nearing a patient motor limit (e.g., range of motion) or when nearing a cognitive limit (e.g., spatial neglecting zone or time neglect zone such as for long motions).
-
Fig. 4A is aflowchart 400 of a method of usingdevice 100. - At 402,
device 100 is powered on (for electrical devices). Optionally,device 100 turns on whenarm 102 is touched or moved a certain amount. Alternatively, motion ofarm 102 may provide power fordevice 100. - At 404, if
remote connection 120 is used,device 100 optionally downloads instructions, for example what activities to suggest and/or what progress was expected and/or results from physical therapy at other locations. Optionally, a patient identifies himself todevice 100, for example, using a code, selecting a name form a list or using a smart card or a magnetic card withuser input 118. Optionally, rehabilitation information of a patient is stored or indexed on such a magnetic card or smart card or on a portable flash memory device or portable hard disk. - At 406, an activity to be performed is selected. In a more automated device, the selection may be, for example automatic or by a patient from a displayed list of options. In a less automated device, for example, a patient may follow a chart provided to him by a rehabilitation center or by a guiding therapist.
- At 408,
arm 102 is optionally moved to a start position thereof, for example bydevice 100 or by the patient (e.g., directly or by permittingdevice 100 to do so). It should be noted that in some trajectories no start position is predefined. Instead, the actual starting position is used to define the rest of the trajectory. - The position of the patient relative to the system is indicated or measured (e.g. by vision system, by mechanical attachments) and the program is adjusted accordingly.
- In some cases,
device 100 is adjusted in another manner. For example, a particular handle may be attached attip 108, or legs of the device may be raised or lowered. In a collapsible device (e.g., folding legs), the device may be set up. Optionally, such setting up is carried out before activatingdevice 100. - At 410, an optional warm-up session is carried out on the patient, to ensure that he is ready for the activity. Optionally, one or more physiological sensors, for example a muscle temperature sensor (e.g., skin surface) are used to ensure (e.g., as a safety feature) that the patient is sufficiently warmed up.
- At 412, the patient is optionally tested to confirm an expected current ability.
- At 414, the results of the test are optionally used to modify one or more parameters of the selected activity or to select a different activity, for example, due to an under- or over-achievement of the patient during testing. Exemplary modifications include: slowing down expected speed, reducing expected or resistive force, reducing expected or allowed range of motion and reducing number of repetitions.
- At 416, the activity is carried out, for example, continuous passive motion at 20 repetitions or motion (by patient) with resistance of 0.5 Kg, along the entire trajectory. In another example, the resistance grows as a function of speed, or if the speed is higher or lower than a defined speed trajectory, optionally using a mode or combination of modes as described above.
- At 418, various measurements which are optionally made during the activity, are optionally logged. Such logging may also be carried out concurrently with the activity.
- At 420, feedback may be provided based on the activity, for example, to the patient, a rehabilitation expert and/or to
device 100. Optionally, feedback is provided on a patient physiological condition as well, for example, determining fatigue based on increased irregularities of motion and/or based on pulse rate or other physiological parameters. - At 422, a decision is optionally made to repeat an activity and/or to select a new activity. Such a decision may be made, for example, based on patient progress and/or fatigue.
-
Device 100 automatically generates CPT codes or other reports used for billing. Alternatively, a report is generated which a human therapist approves and/or modifies. The patient's progress is used to assess future expected payments and/or exercises and/or suggested human guidance. Optionally, such future factors, patient improvement, time elapsed and/or motivation of the patient in using and improving using the system, are used to decide on future financial support by a health care provider. - If after a given time (e.g. several weeks) there is no improvement in function or other measurements a decision can be made to stop the financial support. In another example based on documented improvement in certain areas (e.g. patient accuracy) the treatment support can be extended. In another example, the therapy payer may insist on minimum system usage (for example if a system was delivered to the patient home). By reviewing an on going usage report (possibly on line) the payer can decide to extend or stop usage.
- The system can simply generate codes and/or reports, for example using a look-up table (each exercise can have an associated code) using table and also automatically generate reports regarding other factors, such as motivation and completion of plan.
-
Fig. 4B is aflowchart 430 of a long term use ofdevice 100. - At 432, a new patient who is identified as needing rehabilitation is tested, possibly using
device 100. For example, such tests may include range of motion tests, tests of maximum applied force at different points in space, and/or tests of fineness of force control and motion control.Device 100 calculates limb size (or detects them using a camera) and uses the limb size to adjust pre-stored exercises, for example to adjust their trajectories and/or starting point. - At 434, the results of the tests are analyzed to determine the needs of the patient and to formulate objectives of the rehabilitation. This act may be, for example, manual, automated or manual with support from
device 100. - At 436, a rehabilitation plan is drawn up, including, for example one or more of an expected progress chart, various allowed and/or required exercises and exercise parameters for different parts of the plan, definitions of increased and decreased difficulty levels for the exercises, allowed and/or required exercise sequences, number of cycles for each exercise, warm-up requirement, list of data to log, list of patient-modifiable information, one or more safety parameters which should not be passed and/or one or more parameter alert values at which an alert should be provided to the patient and/or a rehabilitation expect monitoring the patient's progress. It should be noted that while generating a rehabilitation plan is a known activity such a plan is special, for example, taking into account one or more of the possibility of long term rehabilitation, the possibilities involved in having a device available at a home for multiple short sessions, the provision of multiple activities with a single device, the needs of remote monitors and/or the programmability and responsiveness of a device. The plan may be generated manually, automatically or manually with the assistance of
device 100, for example an initial plan generated automatically and then annotated or approved by a human. - At 438, the plan is carried out, while being monitored. The monitoring is manual. Alternatively, at least some of the monitoring is automatic.
- At 440, the plan may be modified in response to the monitoring, for example, if slow progress is detected, the plan time frame may be changed.
- In some cases, as rehabilitation progresses, new problems may come up or become emphasized. In some cases, the plan may be modified (440). In others, testing may be repeated (442), generally to a lesser extent than when the patient was initially evaluated.
- In some plans, periodic testing (for example on
device 100 at the patient's home) is part of the plan. Such evaluative testing may also be used to determine when rehabilitation is complete. - At 444, rehabilitation is mostly completed and a training plan is optionally made, for example to ensure maintenance of the rehabilitation or for other reasons (such as prevention of worsening or prevention of limb or joint neglecting).
- At 446, long term monitoring of the patient may be performed, for example, testing the patient's abilities once a week or once a month.
- At 448, new needs of the patient may be identified, for example based on the monitoring or based on a periodic general test. In one example, a patient being rehabilitated for stroke may be determined after a time to need rehabilitation for a progressing arthritic condition. A personal profile is created for a patient. For example, such a profile may include a series of items to work on, for example smoothness of motion, which can be tackled one by one over time or if a certain threshold value is detected during testing (e.g., quality of motion went below a threshold).
- As noted herein, is that
device 100 may be used over a wide range of situations, including long range treatment and following a patient from initial rehabilitation through follow-up rehabilitation (e.g., to maintain an ability) and diagnosis. - The ability and/or progress of a patient are scored. Such scoring is used as an aid in deciding on the need and/or type of future rehabilitation. Alternatively or additionally, scoring is used to monitor the effect of rehabilitation exercises and/or help select between exercises. Alternatively or additionally, scoring is used to ensure that a patient's needs (e.g., personal rehabilitation needs or need for balanced rehabilitation) are met. Scoring is used to identify areas where progress was made and areas where additional therapy or modified therapy may be needed, due to lack of progress.
- One or more of the following measures are used to score a patient's ability and/or progress.
- a) Motor scores may include one or more of Range of motion, time of motion, force, smoothness, lack of tremor, degree of tremor, spasticity, muscle tone, accuracy, quality of motion and/or force finesse (control of force, e.g. not breaking an egg). These may be defined for a single joint or for a complex motion, for example for pinching between fingers, holding in a hand, moving of an arm. In addition some functional scores may be used to e.g. - the speed at which the patient can move a filled glass, and the ability to pick and place an object.
- b) Cognitive scores may include one or more of coordination between motion (motor skills) and senses (e.g., visual, auditory), speed of reaction, % of successful task completion, quality of completion, mistakes, planning ability, level of instruction complexity used (e.g level 1 is a simple visual & auditory instruction such as a forward arrow on screen & audio verbal instruction, while level 5 is a complex screen to motion interaction, such as following a 3D path as shown on screen).
- c) Mental stores may include one or more of: successful task completed at patient capabilities and/or pain envelope, measure of self work, amount of nudging required from the system, consistency of use (e.g., at home).
- Scoring of the patient is calibrated to other patients, for example, using a database of similar injuries, or using scores of patients that are being rehabilitated at a same time. Alternatively or additionally, scoring is carried out between a healthy and a non-healthy limb.
- Scoring is used as an aid in diagnosis. When diagnosing a patient, scores are generated (e.g., by providing suitable exercises) for individual body part abilities and for general abilities.
Device 100 can analyze a patient's abilities by generating experiments and then analyzing the results. In one example,device 100 tests whether a patient will respond better to one type of exercise or to another by generating a series of exercises including both types of exercises. The results of the patient's performance are then analyzed to extract trends which indicate which of a controlled variable had a better or a desired effect on the patient. Optionally, a human therapist selects the initial possible exercises. Alternatively or additionally, a human therapist determines what percentage of time may be spent on such exercises. The scoring method or resolution may be adjusted by the therapist per the patient condition for example, adjusting the accuracy of measurement or the dynamic range of the score or the expected results (e.g., for qualitative measures). - A patient may show an increase in a muscle strength score but not show a corresponding increase in accuracy (correspondence may be, for example according to a table or according to a previous trend of the same patient, possibly with a same limb). In such a case, the exercise plan for the patient may be modified to include more accuracy-focused exercises and fewer muscle building exercises. It is noted that not all rehabilitation plans aim for concurrent improvement in multiple measures. In some plans, one measure is focused on and once a desired improvement in that measure is achieved, a different measure is focused on. A score in progress is used to estimate a time to reach a goal. Optionally, such estimation is based on one or more of the following variables: motivation, innate ability and current disability. Optionally, innate ability is estimated by tracking the progress. Optionally, a set of results and estimated times for different situations are stored in a database and used to generate an estimate. Optionally, a neural network is used. Motivation is optionally estimated using methods as described below. Alternatively, manual estimation may be provided. Optionally, a time estimation also includes thresholds of different scores which must be met. For example, an estimate may be conditioned on a certain motivation being maintained. Detection of a reduction in motivation may be used to prompt an update in expected progress or suggest certain treatment.
-
Device 100 is adapted for home use. Such adaptation may include one or more of the following features: - a) Small size. For example,
device 100 may take up less than 1 square meter of floor space. Optionally,device 100 is sized to fit through standard door ways (e.g., of width of 60 cm, 70 cm or 80 cm). - b) Simple interface.
Device 100 has a simple interface to a user, for example including a small number of options to choose from, graphical and/or speech instructions of use and/or feedback designed to be understand by a typical adult. A wired or wireless pendant or wrist-worn controller is used. For example, such a controller can have a limited set of commands, including, an exercise selector dial, a button for selecting a dry-run or a slow version of the exercise, an activation button to start or stop an exercise, a scale or a pair of buttons to increase or decrease exercise difficulty level, and a LED or LCD display for feedback (e.g., red LED for bad and green LED for good).Device 100 is voice activated and controlled, for example using an IVR (interactive voice response) type menu system. - c) Flexibility.
Device 100 is designed to be used by a range of different sized patients (or persons living in a home) and for a range of different treatments, for a plurality of different body parts and/or appendages, for example, 1, 2, 3 or 4 limbs or body parts or more. In some cases, various attachments may be provided. Optionally,device 100 is adapted for positioning at various orientations and/or in proximity to home activities, such as at a table for rehabilitation of feeding and or activity of daily living. - d) Lack of fixation.
Device 100 is either simply fixed to a surface or not fixed at all, simplifying installation and de-installation. - e) Mobility, detailed below.
- f) Other home settings are optionally supported as well, for example, when the patient is in bed, in the living room and/or in a backyard.
-
Device 100 is connected to home appliances such as a TV or HiFi system. The patient can be instructed from the TV or the user can play with the system using the TV as feedback. In another example, a set-top box is used as a local processor and/or a communication port to a remote station. - Use is made of the fact that
device 100 is at home and conveniently located for the patient to use many times a day. In one example, rehabilitation activities are designed to cover a larger part of the day than is possible at an institute, for example, half or all of a day, while still allowing a patient to have a life with non-rehabilitation activities. For example, a rehabilitation plan can call for ten 5-minute sessions spread over an entire day, spaced by an hour. - In another example,
device 100 interacts with real-life activities and/or using real-life objects, as described in more detail below. In particular, this allows a rehabilitation plan to show (and achieve) a real progress in the patient's ability to deal with real life situations, such as eating and getting dressed. - Devices in separate houses are interconnected, for example, within a family or between friends. Optionally, one of the participants may interact using a computer, rather than a device 100 (e.g., using mouse motions to emulate device manipulation, or as a player in a game using standard computer interfaces).
-
Device 100 communicates with an outpatient clinic so that home activities and clinic activities are synchronized. Optionally, the patient carries a memory unit (e.g., a USB memory card) that includes his personal data. - The home system generates reminders to the patient to exercise, for example, audio reminders or e-mail or SMS reminders.
- As noted above,
device 100 is optionally used as part of a distributed system.Fig. 2 shows an exemplary distributedrehabilitation system 200. - One or more homes with
rehabilitation devices 100 are shown. Anetwork 202, for example an Internet, a cable network, a cellular network or a telephone network, connectdevice 100 to a remote site. A remote site is a rehabilitation center including acomputer station 204 with adisplay 206 and auser input 208. Asingle station 204 can monitormultiple devices 100, optionally in real time. A plurality ofstations 204 may be provided, at a same or different sites. Optionally, a plurality ofstations 204 are used to monitor asingle device 100. For example, eachdevice 100 may have a low level monitoring by a semi-skilled person, who shows difficult problems to a skilled monitor who is in charge of or associated with many unskilled monitored. - Also shown is an optional
portable connection 212, for example using a laptop computer. - Also shown is an optional
remote database 210, which may store data for one or more patients, for example, 100 or 1000 patients or more. While the database may be at the rehabilitation site, this is not required. In some cases the database is distributed, for example, among rehabilitation sites and/oruser devices 100. - A group of patients are collected into a network based on them having similar (or overlapping) aliments, treatment and/or prognosis and/or according to personal matching. The progress of members of the group are presented to other members, possibly spurring competition. For patients with a lower motivation, a support group may be provided, for example, one in which the patient is more advanced than other members or one in which a group effort is being carried out instead of a competition.
- In one example of a group activity, each of a plurality of patients has a role in a role playing game. The difficulty of each patient/role may be set according to the patient's ability. A group leader may be selected. In another example, each player is required to copy the movements and/or instructions of the group leader. Optionally, each player is protected from over-reaching his abilities by his
device 100. - Other types of users may be supported in addition to monitors, for example, a patient's general practitioner physician, or a family member or caregiver may be able to log on and review a patient's progress.
- Remote rehabilitation can follow several paths, for example, one or more of:
- a) Real-time monitoring. Optionally, a
camera 214 is providedadjacent device 100 to allow a therapist to detect problems and/or give advice to a patient. Optionally, the data is analyzed by the therapist in real time. Optionally, a real time reconstruction with animation software or VR (virtual reality) is used. Alternatively, off-line analysis is provided. Different pay schedules may be provided for different types of monitoring. In addition, different rehabilitation needs may indicate the level of interaction between a remote therapist and a patient. Optionally,camera 214 is controllable by the therapist, for example to zoom and/or pan to certain parts of the patient. Optionally, the path of the camera is pre-planned to track planned or actual motion by the patient and/or of various points on a body of the patient. Alternatively or additionally tocamera 214, real-time monitoring may be provided by various position and orientation sensors associated withdevice 100. This may also require only a reduced bandwidth as compared to visual monitoring.
A therapist can provide real-time feedback, for example using audio-visual methods and/or bycommanding device 100 to respond in a certain way, for example, to increase force, to change a trajectory or to prevent a patient going past a safety limit. - b) Live start. A rehabilitation session is started live (e.g., on camera) and once the therapist is convinced the patient can work on his own, monitoring is stopped. Optionally, a patient can request help, for example during an activity or between activities.
- c) Planning. Plans including exercises and/or programming for
device 100 are provided by the remote site, for example, weekly, or at the start of each session. Planning is automatic and optionally performed with or without patient input atdevice 100. - d) Monitoring. A remote site can specialize in analyzing data uploaded to it from
device 100 or another location and suggest changes. Other types of monitoring can also be practiced, for example, checking to see how regularly a patient uses the system and/or for following complaints. A rehabilitation center may perform, for example, weekly checkups and possibly require periodic testing. Optionally, a patient may be called to come to the rehabilitation center, for example, for testing, teaching and/or additional therapy. - e) Testing. A remote site uses
device 100 to administer tests to a patient and assess his condition and/or progress. Such testing is used to assess the efficacy of drugs and/or other treatment prescribed for the patient. Optionally, periodic testing is used to select a most useful drug, for example, for a patient with Parkinson's disease or for a spastic patient. - f) Home therapist. A therapist will come to the patient's home for a rehabilitation session. For example, the therapist can set up
device 100, mark correct starting positions, calibratedevice 100 for the particular patient (e.g., size) and/or teach the patient the use ofdevice 100. Optionally, the therapist can access and/or be in contact with a remote site, for example, for advice and/or monitoring of his work. When a therapist comes for later sessions, the remote site may assist with comparing current and past performance, for example. Optionally, a therapist bringsdevice 100 with him. Optionally, a therapist brings two devices. Optionally, a device brought by the therapist is used to control a rehabilitation device already at the patient's home. - g) Remote maintenance.
Device 100 can be maintained from a remote location, for example, including one or more of reporting bydevice 100 of technical problems; remote testing of mechanical abilities ofdevice 100, with or without patient assistance; remote testing of sensing abilities ofdevice 100, with or without patient assistance; downloading and uploading logs; and/or downloading and uploading software. Optionally,device 100 collects billing information which is remotely accessed. Optionally,device 100 collects usage information which may be used, for example, by an insurance company. Remote access todevice 100 is designed to maintain a patient's privacy, for example by hiding patient identifying information, by limiting access to various logs and records and/or using password and other authentication schemes. - h) Remote motivation session.
Device 100 is used to detect a reduced motivation level and a live therapist (optionally provided at need) can provide live encouragement and/or instruction. Live remote sessions in general may be provided. - Virtual reality methods, for example goggle mounted displays are provided at the remote location, to help the remote operator feel in better control. Alternatively or additionally, the operator can manipulate his viewpoint. Various sensors (for example as described below) are used to move a model of the patient, for remote and/or local feedback.
-
Device 100 may be used in other ways than described above. For example, a supervised group is provided, in which one or more therapists watch/monitor/support a plurality of patients, each on a different device. In such a supervised group, one or more of the following scenarios may be acted out: - a) Bring along - a therapist brings a plurality of
devices 100 to a civic center or old age home or the like, and teaches a session to a group of users. - b) Game - each patient plays a part in a game and a score is kept. In the example of an adventure game (e.g., a role acting game), patients can earn life points, weapons, abilities and other items by improving their abilities using rehabilitation exercises. The game may be personally adapted to one or more patients, for example by providing assistance to those patients who require it. The games require a patient to carry out certain physical activities. The activity may vary between patients according to their needs for rehabilitation. VR or simpler display technologies, such as screens may be used to help patients become immersed in the game and focus less on the other players. Such games can be played also when the patients are distributed and interconnected by a network, such as the internet.
- c) Call-in group - the patients can join an existing group or game or session, to form a virtual "therapy room". Optionally, a chat line is provided concurrent with the rehabilitation exercises. Optionally, a rehabilitation server is provided for
devices 100 to connect up to and register requirements, obtain connections to other devices and/or control access to a therapist.
A group is supervised by a therapist and the therapist can monitor the group using a web cam, for example. Alternatively or additionally, patient's exercises can be reconstructed on the therapists system using VR or simulation. Alternatively or additionally, the therapist can review data generated by the system, such as scores. Optionally, different levels of interaction between the therapist and patients can be provided, for example, based on payment plan. In one example, a live connection is available to only higher paying patients. In another example, a web-cam interface is available only to higher paying patients. Similarly, the payment plan may dictate other parameters of treatment, for example, complexity of exercises, level of review, interaction between patients and quality of audio visual effects and/or games. Optionally, the amount of rehabilitation actually provided by the system also depends on the payer. Alternatively or additionally, the payer is billed according to the rehabilitation performed. - d) Test and/or train - The group is used by the therapist to try out new therapy ideas and receive feedback form the patients, in real-time on the relative benefits and problems with different methods. Optionally, such a group is used for training purposes, for example to allow a therapist to view multiple patients at same and/or different conditions, substantially simultaneously. Optionally, if differences are identified, the therapist can be trained to detect such differences and/or be shown how to differentially rehabilitate for them.
- A linked-system scenario is carried out. In one example, two devices are connected using a master-slave relationship for example using a wired or wireless (e.g., BlueTooth, Cellular or WiFi) connection between them, or using a network connection between them. A master can be, for example, a son (or daughter) and the slave is an aged parent whom the son is assisting in rehabilitation. This allows a paretic parent to use the rehabilitation exercises as a means for maintaining contact with the family. Alternatively or additionally, the paretic parent may receive support from family members. Such support may also include advice on how to use the system and/or on what exercises to try.
- Another exemplary usage of linked devices 100 (or a single device with multiple arms 102) is for child play. A paretic child plays with a healthy child, each child manipulating a separate arm or device. Optionally, the motor abilities of the paretic child are compensated for by
device 100, for example, providing speed enhancement or providing periodic automated action. If the children play a role-playing game or a sport simulation (e.g., tennis),device 100 can supplement the abilities of the paretic child, while still allowing the child some control over the game, for example, allowing the paretic child to actually perform 20% of the moves.Device 100 can control the level of support for the paretic child to ensure a level playing field. - Various types of feedback are envisioned for use, for example, one or more of:
- a) Feedback from a patient. Optionally, a patient can provide feedback to a therapist, for example, using voice annotations or text annotations. In one example, such feedback is provided during an activity. In another example, a patient reviews a recording of the activity and then adds comments. In some activities a patient is requested to manipulate a control, when a certain situation is reached, for example, a maximum force. Feedback may also be provided by the patient for a plan or progress, not only for individual activities.
Patient feedback is processed bydevice 100 to modify and/or decide on current or future activities and/or their parameters. For example, if a patient marks that a certain force is a maximum force, later activities will not pass that force. No explicit user feedback is required, instead, the system can implicitly determine when a maximum force is approached, for example based on difficulty in control, and model future activities on the thus determined force. - b) Feedback to patient. Feedback is presented to a patient, for example, during an activity, in rest breaks and/or after an activity. For example, such feedback can include an indication to the user that he is performing an activity incorrectly, that future cycles should be done differently and/or a comparison between current and past performance and/or other statistics. It should be noted that in many cases positive feedback is as important or even more important than negative feedback. This may depend on the rehabilitation method used. A positive feedback can be, for example, an auditory encouragement, a sound of clapping hands, a visual pleasing screen and/or a score increase.
Various feedback modalities may be provided, for example, speech and audio feedback, a display containing text or graphics, a marked up video image, force or vibration feedback on device 100 (e.g., by tip 108), using a separate element (such as the above pendant) and/or using virtual reality devices, such as goggle mounted displays, in which the type, position and/or other parameters of a mistake (or correct action) are shown overlaid on a real or virtual image of the activity.
As described, for example, in , also being filed as PCT application on same date as the present application and by the same applicant, entitled "Rehabilitation with Music" and havingU.S. Provisional Application 60/633,429 filed on December 7, 2004 attorney docket number 414/04396, music may be used as a feedback modality, especially for patients with limited cognitive speech and/or visual ability. For example, music can be used to indicate a quality of motion, be generated by the motion or be used bydevice 100 as instructions or cues to the patient. - c) Feedback to therapist. A local or remote therapist is provided with feedback. Such feedback can include, for example, one or more of extent of use (e.g., including whether patient is exercising when therapist is not paying attention), force levels, an indication of mistakes, a notification of missing, exceeding or meeting certain parameters, a predefined alert, a motion quality (described below) a safety situation and/or a statistical analysis of a current and/or a past activity.
- d) Feedback from remote therapist. Feedback is provided by a remote therapist, for example as indicated above of feedback that a patient may receive. Optionally, such feedback includes instruction to
device 100 whether to repeat a certain exercise and/or modify parameters. An exercise is defined with, or a therapist can add, break points, at which the therapist, patient and/or device 100 (depending for example on implementation) can decide, for example, if to modify future parameters, impose a rest and/or repeat an activity if a desired result was not achieved. Such a breakpoint need not be notice by a patient, if no decision is made by him and a decision is made fast enough or during a short, pre-defined, break. - e) Feedback from
device 100. Depending on the automation level ofdevice 100, feedback can be provided by the device, for example indicating a threshold was past or indicating a safety problem. - f) Feedback from sensor patches attached to or image based analysis of the patient and/or
device 100. Exemplary such patches are described below with reference toFig. 5 . - g) Feedback from one device to another, for example, in a master-slave mode of operation.
- Speech is part of the rehabilitation process. In one example,
device 100 responds to or expects voice commands. In another example,device 100 generates voice instructions. - Simple interfaces may be required for some users. In one example, instructions to a user (patient) are simple red/green lights, to indicate go and stop.
- A plurality of different types of cues may be provided to indicate a need to act by the patient, for example, audio, tactile, vibration (of
device 100 or of a patch), motion of opposite limb, visual (e.g., flashing screen) and/or change of speed. A jolt, for example an audio blast (or shout) is used to alert an otherwise non responding patient, for example. - A dummy body is used to show the patient the effect of the motion of device 100 (e.g., arm 102) on the patient.
- Optionally, the complexity of the interface used increases as the patient rehabilitation progress and the patient's cognitive abilities improve and/or the patient has more attention to spare. Optionally, for example as described below, the user interface is used for performing concurrent cognitive, perceptive and motor rehabilitation, for example, by selecting the interface used to match an ability of the patient and/or train the patient in certain non-motor activities.
- As noted above, the progress of rehabilitation of any particular patient typically depends on one or more of the following: cognitive ability (if the patient cannot think clearly, motor planning is difficult or impossible), mental ability (if the patient has no motivation, rehabilitation is difficult) and motor capabilities.
- One or more of these may be measured and/or supported by
device 100. Optionally, changes in the degree and/or type of support are determined bysystem 100. Alternatively or additionally, changes in support are determined by a user, or a plan of how to change support according to scores, is set by a user. - Support of cognitive abilities is, for example, by providing a simple display, multiple modes of presentation of information, reminders and/or multiple cues. Cognitive abilities may be tested, for example, by providing tests or by assessing performance in games where cognitive ability is required. In some cases a distinction is made between cognitive abilities and perceptive abilities.
- The patient is required to execute a motor task (e.g. move forward) his ability to understand the task depends on the cognitive capabilities. The ability to see a target on the screen or actually receive the instructions (e.g., visual or verbal) depends on his perceptive abilities.
- Support of motor capabilities is, for example, by the various modes of motion described above. Measurement of motor capabilities is, for example, by providing exercises having a standard range of results and placing the results on a known scale.
- In support of the mental state, various methods are provided herewith:
- (a) Device 100 (or a remote controller) can supply the initiative instead of the patient, for example, initiating motions and initiating exercise repeats.
- (b)
Device 100 can provide incentive, for example, scores, special feedback elements, such as images, jokes, funny icons, laughter and/or rest periods. - (c)
Device 100 can support groups, where members of the group provide motivation for each other, for example, via cooperation and/or competition. - (d)
Device 100 can provide games. - (e)
Device 100 can indicate a lack of motivation which suggests a need to provide consoling. - (f)
Device 100 can increase patient motivation and reduce fear by presenting safety features and/or features design to reduce pain (e.g., a user indicating a pain range anddevice 100 ensuring that the pain range is exceeded only when the patient is forewarned). A user indicates a pain range todevice 100 by pressing a control when a pain point is reached or by a therapist doing so. Specialized pain sensors may be used as well, for example, detecting nerve activity or detecting physiological changes such as sweating or increased pulse. - (g)
Device 100 can selectively provide positive feedback or negative feedback. - (h)
Device 100 can be set to more or be less forgiving of errors. - (i)
Device 100 can track which exercises seem to inspire more motivation and/or cooperation from a patient. - (j)
Device 100 can provide attention instead of a patient, for example, continuing attention to ensure that a motion once started is carried out. If a mistake occurs, instead of the patient being required to notice it,device 100 can detect the mistake and provide a cue to correct the motion - thereby reducing the mental and cognitive load on the patient. - While motivation and other mental states such as depression and withdrawal may be estimated by a human, they are measured or estimated by
device 100 by detecting their effect on performance.Device 100 assesses, for example, one or more of: how hard a patient works, how well the patient carries out his task, progress within and between sessions, expected responses to stimuli and/or variability between different tasks and/or along a task. - In one measurement method, a patient's performance on a task is compared to the patient's performance (e.g., range of motion, speed accuracy) in a game. Under the assumption that playing a game increases motivation, differences in performance between a game and an exercise, may indicate the degree of motivation difference between desired and undesired tasks.
- In another measurement method,
device 100 is used to measure the range of a patient's abilities, for example, ROM (range of motion), pain limit and the like. It is assumed that a diagnosis session can be trusted to provide relatively accurate information about the patient's ability, at least for the reason that the patient knows the diagnosis session is limited in scope. Thereafter, exercises at the edge of the patient's ability are provided to the patient and a determination is made of the number and success of attempts to reach the edge of the range. This determination may be used as an indication of motivation (e.g., willingness to achieve what is known the patient can achieve). The exercise comprises providing performance targets to the patient and the patient is expected to reach for the targets. - In another measurement method, a self-calibrating method, a patient plays a game in which some of the targets are at the range of the patient's ability. As this ability might not be known in advance, a variety of targets of different levels of difficulty, are provided. Motivation is assessed by analyzing the game to determine, first, what the patient's abilities are and, second, how often the patient tries to reach the edge of his abilities.
- Another method of measurement is tracking how hard a patient works (e.g., how long are rest periods). Another method is determining the hardest a patient works in any particular exercise. Another method is determining if a patient provides attention, involvement and/or activity in a free-play session, where a patient can exercise if he wants to, to any degree of difficulty the patient wants. Attention is optionally determined by comparing trajectories of motion at different times, for example to see the range of variability (e.g., does a patient suddenly slow down - maybe his attention wandered). Involvement is optionally determined by tracking modifications requested by the patient, for example in exercises where a patient can select one of several trajectories.
- Mental state is estimated by analyzing handwriting or gross motor movements, for example, detecting unusual tremors, ticks or other signs of tension and/or lack of control (e.g., as compared to other times). It should be noted that mental states, in some cases, may be provided as a relative state rarer than absolute values.
- Existing physical rehabilitation exercises are used for
device 100. However, various measures can be provided not currently available. In some cases, the exercise is modified to take into account limitations ofdevice 100 or abilities ofdevice 100. Optionally, correct motions are determined with exactitude and/or with a degree of control not possible manually. In addition, some exercises are described herein which are not possible without robot support (or other techniques described herein). - Exercises are modified manually. Exercises are recorded by a therapist and then annotated (e.g., to mark desired measurements). In another example, exercises are directly programmed into
device 100. Optionally,device 100 suggests limitations or additions to exercises, for example, safety limitations or device limitations and/or suggest where a less supportive or more supportive motion mode may be appropriate (for example at an end of a motion a more supportive mode may be advisable). - A reaching exercise is performed by the patient. In such an exercise, various muscle groups can be trained and various levels of difficulty can be provided.
- Reaching movements are defined by one or more of the following exemplary parameters:
- Reach Distance:
- Close - touching the body or several inches from the body
- Mid - in the mid range from full to close
- Far - almost at full arm extension
- Reach Direction:
- Up/Down - from a lower/higher reach location to a higher/lower location
- Out/In - moving away/to the body
- Lateral/Proximal - moving out from the body laterally/moving toward the body
- Reach height:
- Above head
- Eye level
- Shoulder level
- Torso level
- Reach target:
- Free reach - movement to general location in space with no target
- Target reach - movement to a physical target
- Simulated target - movement to a target presented on a computer screen
- A particular "Reach" is defined by the starting location and the ending location of the hand as defined by its distance, direction, and height. Any reach may also be further understood in terms of the involvement of the arm joints and the ability of the patient to individuate the joints to achieve the reach.
- One or more of the following measures is defined:
- Ability of the patient to perform the reach;
- Smoothness of motion;
- Time to achieve the reach end point;
- Accuracy of the reach;
- Work or power performed;
- Comparison of motion trajectory to normal trajectory patterns for reach movements;
- Number of repetitions of the reach the patient can perform;
- The stability of the performance with subsequent repetitions.
- A reach training comprises the following general steps:
- 5 to 10 repetitions to reach under guided motion. Patient will be instructed to attempt to move with the
device 100. - 5 to 10 repetitions initiate mode. The magnitude and direction of force of the patient will be measured by
device 100. When the threshold for correct intention is exceeded,device 100 will guide the patient to accomplish the reach. - 5 to 10 repetitions assisted mode. The patient will attempt to perform the reach independently.
Device 100 will measure the intention and assist the patient to move. Over time, the amount of assistance will be reduced as the patient is able to move more independently. - 5 to 10 repetitions of free motion. Patient will attempt to perform the reach free of assistance from
device 100. - Another exemplary exercise is mimicking of daily activities, such as moving a full cup between points and lifting a book.
- Various aspects of a rehabilitation process can be planned and inputted as instructions to a computer (e.g., device 100), including, one or more of:
- a) designing a new exercise;
- b) modifying an exercise for a particular situation and/or patient;
- c) designing and modifying a rehabilitation plan; and
- d) designing and modifying decision logic (e.g., breakpoints, thresholds and repetitions).
- Permissions may be different for different users of
system 200 and/ordevice 100, for example, different permissions may be allowed for one or more of adding new, copy, modify, delete and/or edit. These activities may apply, for example, to one or more of patient data, activity, plan, statistics and/or data logs. Particular activity parameters which may be created and/or modified include: trajectories, locations and ranges (e.g., minimum and maximum speed and angles); force parameters, number of repetition cycles, stop decision(s) and/or rest periods length and frequency. - One or more libraries are provided as a basis for modification and for storing programs, for example, a plan library, a per-patient library and/or an activity library.
- Entering a new trajectory is by physically manipulating tip 108 (e.g., by a patient with a good hand or by a therapist). Optionally, the resulting trajectory(s) are then edited on a computer. Alternatively or additionally, a 3D CAD/CAM program may be used, optionally one in which a human body is modeled and various constraints can be placed on movement of points on the body and/or a desired or allowed range of motion for such points defined. Optionally, a graphic design program is used, for example, with a user indicating a few points of a trajectory and the program completing them with a line or a curve. Alternatively or additionally, a user may define various geometrical shapes, such as a circle, for example by providing points and/or a formula. Alternatively or additionally, a user may make a drawing and scan it into system 200 (e.g., at a
station 204 or at device 100). - An exercise is calibrated for a particular patient and/or situation. Such calibration may include, for example, one or more of:
- a) calibration to patient abilities, such as angular range of motion of a joint or ability to apply force or maintaining fine positional control;
- b) calibration to a size of a patient, for example, the length of a limb or a bone;
- c) calibration to progress, for example, a plan may have its time span and/or its step size changed based on exhibited or expected progress.
- As noted above, a path carried out by a patient or by a therapist may be edited and used for an exercise. Editing includes one or more of smoothing, adding points and/or path sections, converting the motion into primitive motions elements,
- Table I, below, describes an exemplary high-level programming langue which is optionally used to
program device 100, in lieu of learning a robotic programming language. This language is used by the therapist and/or other user. Optionally, existing exercises are storable and modifiable. - This high-level language is based on library of Icons (each representing a command) that can be draged into a program area in order to build (or edit) a program.
- Each icon represents a command; with 3 types of command defined (more may be added):
- a. Motion command - basic motions, such as line and circle. Each command has start point (PI) and stop point (P2), for every motion command the speed, force acceleration/deceleration time can be set. Setting the points (PI, P2) can be done by pressing the enter key while
tip 108 is at the desired point. - b. General command - such as start/stop program, delay and record.
- c. Accessories command - a set of command that handle the external devices and accessories that can be attached to device.
- Every command has a set of parameters that may be entered (if not, a default parameter value may be used). An operator can add comments to each command.
Device 100 generates a description for each command., to every command the operator can add comments, and every command has a description. Not shown are commands for instructing users and parameters which define whatbehavior device 100 should carry out under certain conditions. Optionally, each path section may include one or more triggers, which, upon activation, execute short sections of code. One example is a trigger activated when a user varies his speed more than 10%, in which case a warning is provided or a more assistive motion mode is provided. - Table II is a sample program, using the language shown in table I. A program structure has several columns; the first one is the main command that are sequential, the second and third columns are for commands which operate in parallel.
- When a new program is started, the start and stop commands optionally are provided automatically. Other commands are manually inserted between the start and stop.
- Table II is a sample program of a path having 3 straight lines (can be rectangular), with a delay in between, and during the second line an external device is operated (for example - waiting for input from handle). All data during the second and third lines is recorded and the entire program is repeated 5 times. Modifiers for the repetition (e.g., increase speed, increase required accuracy) are optionally provided as parameters. General program parameters, such as type of scoring, expected quality of motion are optionally provided as well.
Table II: program sample Prog name description date file name: trial1 glass grip auto date xxx.prg Commands optional command optional command Parameters comments 1 start 2 line P1 (start point) P2 Force (PA[VALU E] / PP) PA (value) patient active must exceed force value ; PP Patient passive - no force value 3 delay/pause D(1sec) 4 handle pinch record 1 kg<force < 5kg display grip force during run if not in range display warning message 5 line handle pinch record P1 P2 Force (PA[VALUE] / PP) 6 delay/pause handle pinch record D(1sec) 7 line record P1 , P2(start point) 8 cycle record N = 5 9 stop - A particular type of control provided is spatial programming control. In this type of control, certain gestures or positions in space of
tip 108 are translated into commands fordevice 100. In one example, such gestures may be used by a therapist or by a patient to fast forward past an exercise section. - In another example of a shortcut, wrist movements of a therapist will be translated into arm (or other limb) motions, thus allowing the therapist to make smaller motions and only with his hand, rather than the limb whose motion is being programmed.
- In
device 100, as illustrated, only one point of the patient is controlled, the point in contact withtip 108. However, this means that multiple different arm motions can result in a same spatial trajectory. For some situations this is not a problem. For example, for recovery from stroke, in some cases, any motion is useful. In other rehabilitation scenarios, it is desirable to better dictate or know the positions of all the moving body parts. The position of other body parts is fixed. For example, a patient may be strapped to a chair (e.g., the shoulder of the patient) and/or a rest may be provided for an elbow. This restricts possible motions by ahand holding tip 108. -
Fig. 5 illustrates asystem 500 including limb position sensing and/or restricting. Correct motion of other parts of the body than the hand that contacts tip 108 may be provided, for example, by detecting the positions and providing feedback, for example, audio or visual feedback, to the patient. - A
patient 506 sits in achair 514 and uses device 100 (or a device as described below in which the arm is mounted on a ball). One ormore cameras 502 image the arm and/or other parts ofpatient 506 and determine the spatial position and/or velocity thereof. Alternatively or additionally, one ormore cameras 516 are mounted ondevice 100 for such imaging. In some implementation of image based reconstruction of body positions, it is useful to include one or morefiduciary markers 504, for example strap-on patterns or LEDs. - Alternatively to image based position sensing, magnetic, electric, ultrasonic or other contact-less position sensing and orientation sensing methods may be used. Many such position determination methods and devices are known in the art and may be used.A reference position is provided on
device 100 and/or ontip 108. Optionally, such position sensors are used for determining the state ofdevice 100, instead of or in addition to mechanical sensors indevice 100. - Alternatively or additionally to using contact-less position sensing, mechanical based position sensing, for example using an articulated arm, may be used.
- It should be appreciated that no
arm 102 is provided, instead position sensors of some type are used. Feedback is optionally provided via virtual reality type displays and feedback (e.g., vibration to emulate force). However, this may not allow direct force feedback and resistance to be applied. -
Patches 504 are used to provide feedback or cuing to a patient. A patch includes a wireless receiver, an optional power source and a stimulator, for example a vibrator, pin-prick, a pincher or a heating element. Upon command fromdevice 100,patch 504 can provide a stimulation to the patient.Patch 504 may be wired instead of being wireless. - Sensed positions of body points are used for one or more of:
- a) determining if a body motion is correct;
- b) determining what motions are possible (e.g., based on angles of joints);
- c) learning desired motions from an example;
- d) monitoring a patient's ability (e.g., for testing or limb measurements); and/or
- e) determining if a body posture is correct during, before and/or after exercise and when changes occurred.
- Alternatively or additionally to position, orientation and velocity sensors, physiological sensors may be provided, for example one or more of pulse measurement sensors as known in exercise machines and grip and/or pinch force sensors in
tip 108. Alternatively or additionally, one or more physiological sensors may be provided on the patient, for example, breath rate sensors. - Referring back to
Fig. 5 , alternatively or additionally to position sensors, abody rest 508 may be provided for one or more body parts. In the example shown,rest 508, attached tochair 514 by a (optionally adjustable)bar 510 prevents motion of the chest and/or shoulder. One or more straps are used to hold body parts. - Reverse kinematics method are used to estimate the motion and/or dimension of a patient's joints and/or bones. For example, if a limb is fixed to rest 508, movement of
tip 108 can be used to estimate the actual motion of the joint. Whenharness 508 used to lock the elbow is in a fully extended position, the distance from the shoulder to wrist can be calculated as the patient moves the arm. If the handle ofFig. 15F is used and patient is restricted by a shoulder harness then the forearm length can be determined Alternatively or additionally, a force field can be used to restrict the motion in a manner which will guarantee that limb dimension can be determined. - A model of the patient is constructed for use in such reverse kinematics calculation. Also, in safety calculations, such a model may be used. For example, a motion may be prevented as being unsafe if a patient can possibly reach a configuration of joints where the motion is unsafe. The reach of each joint may be dependent, for example, on fixation of the patient (e.g., harnesses), measured ROM and assumed ROM.
- Optionally,
chair 514 is fixed todevice 100, possibly in an adjustable manner, for example, using afixation bar 512. Optionally, an initial calibration process is carried out, for example when first doing a new activity or during device setup. In one example,bar 512 includes graduations and during calibrations the correct setting of the chair relative to the graduations is determined. -
Device 100 comes with a built-inchair 514. Exemplary positioning of a movable chair is described below. - Positioning sensing is to better than 1 cm, 5 mm, 2mm or 1 mm, over the entire working volume of the device. A lower absolute positioning accuracy is tolerated if a relative accuracy, within an exercise is maintained.
- Accuracy of force control is better then 100 gr, 50 gr, 10 gr or better. Optionally, the balancing of the arm is within these values. Similar accuracies may be provided for measurement. Optionally, sampling rate of better than 10Hz, 50Hz, 100Hz or more is provided.
- In some exercises, the patient position is not important. However, in many exercises, correct targeting of a certain joint, tendon and/or muscle group may require precision in motion of
tip 108 relative to the patient and/or in the posture of the patient and or other body part. - Straps, a harness and/or rest 508 are provided to set the position of the patient. Optionally, one or
more bars 512links chair 514 todevice 100. Alternatively to a bar,reference 512 represents a spring-loaded wire, which includes a position sensor to indicate its retraction and thus the position ofchair 514 relative todevice 100. Optionally, a plurality of retractable wires are used. Optionally, each wire includes a ring into which a leg ofchair 514 is placed. Optionally, if the chair moves during a session, the exercises are corrected on the fly to account for the new relative position ofchair 514 anddevice 100. Alternatively or additionally, if motion of the patient is detected during a session, for example motion from one posture to another, the exercises are adapted to reflect the new position. Optionally, a plurality of typical static postures of the patient are learned and the system uses these learned postures to distinguish ongoing motion from semi-permanent postures. Optionally, change in posture is detected by changes in pressure on various pressure sensors, or using cameras which image the chair, device and/or patient. Alternatively or additionally, changes are detected by detecting changes in the actual trajectory followed bytip 108. - Optionally, a
mat 518 is provided. In one option,mat 518 is a pressure sensitive mat for detecting positions of chair legs or patient legs. Optionally, calibration is performed for the chair that the patient actually uses. Alternatively or additionally, the mat is used to allow manual entry of relative position. Alternatively or additionally, the mat includes markings that are recognizable by a camera that images the mat. -
Tip 108 is used to determine the position ofchair 514. In one example, oncechair 514 is locked in place,tip 108 is used as a digitizer by contacting points onchair 514 and/or the patient. In some cases an adaptor tip may be placed attip 108. Optionally, once a patient position has been digitized once (e.g., under therapist guidance),next time chair 514 is brought todevice 100,tip 108 is moved bydevice 100 to indicate a desired position ofchair 514 or the patient. - Optionally, a laser or light pointer is attached to tip 108 (or other part of
arm 108 or device 100) and serves to generate a light marking of a desired location for a chair and/or patient part.Device 100 optionally converts between the coordinate systems of the pointing device,arm 108 and/or chair. - It is not tip 108 which has to be at a certain position, but the patient's hand or finger. Optionally, a dummy hand is placed in
device 100 and used for such calibration. - It should be noted that positioning methods as described herein may also be used for positioning other parts of the rehabilitation system, for example, a table, a glass, a
second device 100 or a kit for daily living, for example as shown inFig. 19H . - Patient positioning is determined by patient kinematics. Once a patient is positioned, the patient performs one or more exercises and the patient position is determined based on the actual trajectories followed. In some cases, a previous ability of the patient, for example, joint range of motion, needs to be known in order to determine the patient position.
- The patient performs swinging of the arm, without bending the elbow. The radius of the motion indicates the position of the shoulder joint. If the patient cannot straighten his elbow (or keep it straight) this information is optionally used.
- It is assumed that patient movement between sessions is mainly translational motion in a 2D plane, so only one motion of the arm is sufficient for position calibration. Optionally, two arms are moved, to assist in detecting body twist.
- Optionally, alternatively or additionally to determining patient position, an initial set of patient movements are used to extract basic information about the patient, such as range of motion and freedom of motion. Optionally,
device 100 first applies or suggests a series of exercises meant to warm up muscles and joints, before taking measurements. - In
Fig. 1 ,tip 108 is held in a patient's hand. To attach to other parts of the body, other means may be used. In one example, a strap or elastic ring is provided atend 108 instead of a ball-like handle. In another example, a rod-like handle is provided instead of a ball-like handle. -
Fig. 6 shows anelbow holder 600. Such an elbow holder can be used, for example, when the motion required is of the shoulder, so anelbow 616 is what moves along a trajectory. Abase 602 is adapted for attachment attip 108. Ahinge 604 allows relative motion between afirst part 606 and asecond part 608 on which anarm 614 rests. 610 and 612 optionally attachOptional straps arm 614 more firmly toholder 610. Optionally, joint 604 has a varying resistance, for example settable by the patient and/or bydevice 100. Alternatively or additionally, joint 604 includes an actuator for applying force to close oropen elbow 616. Alternatively or additionally, joint 604 includes an angle sensor. Optionally,holder 600 can vibrate the elbow, for example as a therapeutic effect or to help prevent freezing of the joint. Such vibration may be applied to other joints and body parts as well, for example, using suitable attachments. -
Holder 600 functions as a spastic harness in one example, joint 604 is locked (or is not a joint) andarm 614 is forced open and held by 610 and 612.straps -
608 and 606 are raised so that joint 604 has a center of rotation which is substantially the same asParts elbow 616, in one or more planes. - Attachment to other points on the body is provided. In particular, it is noted that, what is constrained is a joint, while in other, what is constrained is a bone or a certain location on a bone. As noted above, various types of constraints can be provided, for example, constraints on angular and/or spatial dimensions. Additional attachments are described with reference to
Fig. 16 below. - The attachment includes a coded circuit or other means so that when attached to
arm 102,device 100 is aware of the type of attachment. - The attachment is fitted with a quick connecting elements made out of two mechanical quick connect parts (e.g., spring loaded pin and slot arrangement) and an electrical quick connect (e.g., spring loaded small needle contacts), this allows a fast change over from exercise to exercise or from patient to patient. Each attachment includes a chip and receives power form the connector and sends data (if any) on a bus, for example a packet-type bus. Alternatively, the electrical connector is used to directly interface measurement means (e.g., a potentiometer) of the attachment, to
device 100. -
Device 100 can provide instructions to a user in many modes, including, one or more of: - a) recorded speech.
- b) computer animation display.
- c) instruction videos.
- d) motion of
device 100, while patient is not attached. - e) motion of
device 100 while patient is attached, possibly at a slower speed and with commentary. - f) motion of
device 100, with a dummy attached. - g) using musical notes, for example as cues or to set a tempo of motion.
- h) motion of a
second device 100, for example as a demonstration or in sequence with the patient's own motion. - While one part of a rehabilitation plan is often exercising a body part to maintaining or increase strength or range of motion, rehabilitation includes teaching a patient quality aspects of motions and/or what motions are correct.
- One or more of the following qualities of a motion are of interest:
- a) degree of utilization of available joints and/or joint range of motion;
- b) usage of muscles where they can apply sufficient force;
- c) motion where joints and/or muscles can achieve a better accuracy of control;
- d) motion which does not approach thresholds of ability;
- e) motion which does not approach danger areas (for example for a patient with unstable joints);
- f) smoothness in motion and/or rotation;
- g) distance traveled;
- h) maximum force required;
- i) spatial and/or energy efficiency of motion, e.g., extra motions; and/or
- j) motion with minimum jerk
- Quality of motion is judged using a power law, which characterizes motions by healthy individuals. Paretic individuals are optionally characterized as to how closely they reach this law and for which joints and/or motion types it is reached.
- Optionally, 'Healthy movement' is described by basic kinematic characteristics that define quality of motion. For the arm, one such characteristic is a smooth transition of the hand from one point to another following roughly the shortest path between the two points. A second characteristic is that the velocity of the hand is constrained by the curvature of the path (Viviani P, and Terzuolo C. Trajectory determines movement dynamics. J Neurosci 7, 1982: 431-437). The larger the curvature of the path, the slower the movement of the hand is, at a constant ratio of 2/3. These kinematic descriptions are defined mathematically, and thus, they can be used for an objective quantification of the quality of movement.
- A "Minimum Jerk" can explain the smooth and shortest movement characteristics often observed in healthy people, while the "Two-thirds Power law" has been developed to validate the relation between path curvature and hand speed. More recently, both rules have been unified (Viviani P, and Flash F. Minimum-jerk, two-thirds power law, and isochrony: converging approaches to movement planning. J Exp Psychol: Hum Percept Perform 17: 32-53, 1995) and mathematically defined as two aspects of the same intention (Richardson MJE, and Flash T. Comparing smooth arm movements with the Two-Thirds Power Law and the related segmented-control hypothesis. J Neurosci 22: 8201-8211, 2002. These two rules combined in one single description can be adopted for testing quality of movement before, during and/or after treatment with
device 100. Optionally, power law fitting is determined by providing the patient with a range of motions, at different speeds and extracting power-law information from the results. The law may be applied to other joints and limbs, such as lower limbs. - Another law which may be applied relates to the relative motion of each joint in a coordinated motion. In healthy persons such motion takes into account the relative distances of the various joints from the target of motion and the different accuracies of such joints. Another law which may be applied is Fits law which relates a size of target to a time to hit the target.
- These qualities may be general for a motion or particular for a patient with certain abilities and lacks.
- Such qualities of a motion are taught to a patient by example, for example, leading an arm through correct and incorrect motions. Such motions may be entered for example by the therapist or by the patient or be pre-programmed. Alternatively or additionally, a patient motion is recorded and corrected and then the patient is paced through the incorrect and the corrected motions. In a pre-defined motion, the motion may be calibrated for the particular user, for example for the user's size.
- Optionally, a threshold of correctness is defined, for a patient to attempt to keep all his motions as being of a quality (in one or more parameters) above the threshold.
- Alternatively or additionally, such qualities are taught by a commenting in real-time or off-line on a patient's motions.
- Thus a substantial part of rehabilitation comprises exercising a patient in motions which are correct or teaching the patient how to know if a certain motion he has performed is of a higher or of a lower quality.
- Other types of training are not related to motion correctness. For example, a patient may be trained to not ignore a damaged limb. In a related aspect, however, a patient may be trained to use a damaged joint as part of "correct" motion, so as not to reduce a range of motion of the joint.
- In one example, the relative motion expected between an elbow and a wrist is known (e.g., or is inputted by a therapist, such as by example) for certain motions, such as moving objects on a table surface. If a patient deviates by a certain amount (e.g., defined by the therapist) feedback is provided.
- Motion with a good arm limb is used to train a bad limb. For example, a good arm can be used to trace a circle and then the bad arm is trained to trace the circle. One advantage of such training is the intimate feedback that a patient receives by better understanding exactly which joints and muscles are used for each motion. In an alternative application, the "good" motion is provided by a therapist or other caregiver.
- In a
single arm device 100, the following process may be used: - a)
Device 100 optionally illustrates a correct motion, in actuality or on a display. - b) A motion is executed with a "good" limb. Optionally, the motion is corrected, using methods as described above for editing.
- c) The motion is repeated with a "bad" limb, for example using passive motion, free motion or a force field. Optionally, the "good" motion is corrected before being applied to the bad limb, for example, an expected speed reduced, a range of motion reduced or a force reduced.
- d) Feedback is provided to the patient during and/or after the motion (e.g., as a display).
- e) The motion is optionally repeated.
-
Fig. 7 and Fig. 8 shows two handle 700 and 800 respectively, in which two arms can be moved simultaneously, with optional coupling. This is used to have one arm passively move the other arm, for example so the patient can sense with the good arm what a bad arm is doing, or vice versa. Alternatively or additionally, one handle is moved by the device, so the patient can see what is expected of him. Optionally, two arm devices are used for children, for example as a game between paretic children and healthy children or grownups.devices - In
device 700, two 702 and 704 are optionally attached by aseparate rehabilitation devices base 706 and coupled by computer, electrically and/or mechanically, so that anarm 708 of one mimics the motion of anarm 710 of the other. The arm moving mechanism is optionally a ball based mechanism as described below. - In
device 800, a single joint links two 808 and 810. As a result, the motions are reversed. Optionally,arms 808 and 810 are extendible (as described below, for example) and are linked together so that they both lengthen and shorten together, for example, the two arms including extensions that are engaged on opposite sides of a gear with a fixed center of rotation (e.g., a rack and pinion mechanism).arms - Mirrored motion is provided using other devices. For example, in an application using standard devices, mirrored motion is provided by a user holding one mouse in either hand (or in a same hand sequentially) and applying the above transfer of motion form one hand to the other. One or two force-feedback joysticks are used. It should be noted that for this a plurality of devices may be used. In particular, for specific applications, relatively simple and/or standard hardware can be used, for example force feedback joysticks or haptic displays.
-
Fig. 9A illustrates arehabilitation device 900 comprising two sections, afirst section 902 associated with motion of a wrist and asecond section 904 associated with motion of an elbow. 902 and 904 can be ball-based devices as described below. A rigid and optionallySections adjustable connection 910 fixes the relative position of 902 and 904. Asections connection 912 optionally interconnects awrist holder 906 and anelbow holder 908.Device 900 is used to exemplify control of multiple points on a limb (e.g., arm or leg) during rehabilitation. - In use, each of
908 and 906 can be controlled in three spatial dimensions and optionally in angular dimensions as well, thus allowing more complex motions to be tested, trained and/or provided. Optionally, the possibility of restricting certain motions is useful from a safety point of view, for example, preventing certain rotations of the joints. Optionally, a point is controlled in 3, 4, 5, or 6 degrees of freedom of motion. Optionally, the control in some of the degrees of freedom is different than in others. For example, motion in one axis may have resistance associated therewith, while an angular motion may be assisted motion withholders device 900 supplying some of the force. - It should be noted that in
device 900, trajectories may be defined as relative trajectories in which the actual position of thedevice 900 is less important than the relative positions and movement in space of 906 and 908.holders -
Fig. 9B illustrates arehabilitation device 920, including asingle section 928 with anarm 932, on which is mounted anarm holder 930.Holder 930 restrains both an elbow using anelbow holder 924 and a wrist, using awrist holder 922. Anoptional rotation mechanism 926 is shown for rotatingholder 930 perpendicular toarm 932 while anoptional rotation mechanism 940 rotatesholder 930 aroundarm 932. Alternatively or additionally, a similar mechanism (not shown) is optionally provided forrotating holder 930 around its axis. - As will be described below, another type of complex motion which can be supported by a rehabilitation device requires synchronized motion of several body parts, for example, an arm and a leg.
- As noted above, designs other than an articulated arm may be used for
device 100. In particular, the device is based on a universal joint, from which extends a rigid arm, which is optionally changeable in length. - The universal joint is implemented as a ball in socket joint.
Fig. 10 shows anexemplary rehabilitation device 1000, using a ball-in-socket joint. This reference number is used in the general sense for several ball-based devices as described herein, for conciseness. -
Device 1000 comprises abase 1004, for example a table containing aplate 1016, with anaperture 1017 defined therein and enclosing aball 1010.Ball 1010 optionally rests on a plurality ofrollers 1012. InFig. 11 ,rollers 1012 are replaced by abottom plate 1015 with anaperture 1013 defined therein which supportsball 1010. - An
arm 1002 extends fromball 1010 and is optionally balanced by a counter-weight 1018 attached by arod 1022 to an opposite side ofball 1010.Rod 1022 optionally passes through a slot in anoptional guide plate 1020, described in greater detail below. - In use,
ball 1010 turns and/or rotates, allowing atip 1008 ofarm 1002 to define various trajectories in space. Optionally,arm 1002 is extendible, so that the trajectories fill a volume of space. Optionally,arm 1002 includes a motor or brake 1024 (e.g., an oil brake), to actively move or passively resist such extension. - A
brake 1014 is provided forball 1010. One potential benefit of using a relativelylarge ball 1010 is that torque at the surface of the ball, for example as required for braking or movingarm 1002 is generally smaller than required for smaller joints, possibly allowing the use of smaller or cheaper motors or other mechanical elements. Alternatively or additionally, positional control of such motors and/or sensitivity of position sensors can be smaller, while still allowing for sufficiently precise control and feedback. -
Device 1000 can be provided in various configurations. In a simplest configuration, the device is completely passive and a user can merely set plate settings (described below) and resistance settings on the brakes. In a more advanced configuration, resistance can be varied in real-time by a computer control. In another advanced configuration, sensing of ball and/or arm position is provided (e.g., using sensors, not shown). In another advanced configuration, directional resistance can be varied (e.g., using a directional brake, not shown). In another advanced configuration, motive force, optionally directional can be set or varied, for example using a plate and/or using multiple directional motors (which can also be used to provide resistance). - Multiple motors are used to control motion and/or force of
arm 1002. The motors optionally include optical position encoders, to determine an arm position. Alternatively or additionally, stepper motors or servo motors are used. Alternatively or additionally, a separate sensor, for example, one which reads optical markings off ofball 1010, is used.Rollers 1012 are replaced by motors which rotate wheels. If one wheel is in a direction (relative to the surface of ball 1010) perpendicular to another such wheel, selective motion in one or both directions can be achieved (e.g., if motion perpendicular to the wheel is low-friction slipping motion). Alternatively, only one roller is replaced by a motor with a turning wheel, wherein the wheel is turned to a direction of motion desired and then rotated to achieve the motion. Directional resistance is optionally achieved using the motor. Alternatively, such resistance is achieved by a combination of the motor applying force or resistance and a general resistance applied bybrake 1014. Optionally, one or more strain sensors are provided or integrated in the motor(s), to assess a direction of force being applied toarm 1002. Then, the motors can respond with a counter-force, or an assisting force or a diverting force (e.g., with a component perpendicular to the applied force), as required. -
Brake 1014 is operated by raising and lowering the brake towards the equator ofball 1010, when the brake has an inner diameter of less than that of the ball. Alternatively, the brake is inflated and deflated as needed. Alternatively or additionally, a circumference of the brake is modified, for example, by it being formed of shape memory alloys which are heated to cause momentary expansion and/or shrinkage of the brake. Alternatively or additionally, a perpendicular brake is used which is pressed onto the surface ofball 1010 and towards the center thereof. - Alternatively or additionally to a uni-directional brake, directional brakes may be used, for example, rubber blades-like pads which resist motion of the ball along the blade by bend with relatively low friction to allow motion perpendicular to the blade.
- It should be noted that when
arm 1002 is extendible, forces applied to point 1008 generally include also a component along the axis ofarm 1002, to which brake ormotor 1024 may respond and which is optionally taken into account in the response ofball 1010. -
Fig. 11 shows a balancing ofdevice 1000. As noted above,Fig. 11 shows a variant ofdevice 1000, in whichball 1010 is supported byplate 1015.Weight 1018 is optionally designed to exactly cancel the moment ofarm 1002. Alternatively, it may be designed, or modified (e.g., by changing its distance fromball 1010 or by adding or removing a modular weight), to provide a force which returnarm 1002 to a resting position or a force which tends to move it away from such a resting position. In some cases, balancing may be adjusted to correct for a weight of an attachment, or of the patient's limb. - Optionally, when
arm 1002 is extendible, the extending part includes a moving counter-weight that extends away from the center ofball 1010 in a manner which maintains the center of gravity ofball 1010. This motion may be solely inside ofball 1010. - Alternatively or additionally, balancing of
ball 1010 is provided by active balancing by the motors and/or brakes. Such active balancing may also be used to effectively reduce or cancel out the moment of inertia ofball 1010 andarm 1002. - When an attachment is added to
tip 1008, this may change the balancing. Optionally, a suitable weight is provided with each such adjustment, for adding to balancingweight 1018. Alternatively, handle 1008 includes one or more contacts and/or circuitry which match one or more contacts or circuitry in a mating part of the attachment. This allowsdevice 1000 to detect which attachment is being added and suitably moveweight 1018 to compensate. Suitable tables are optionally downloaded from a remote site. Alternatively, the attachment includes a peg of suitable length which pushes intotip 1008 and thereby moves an arm balancing weight inside ofball 1010. Movement ofweight 1018 is optionally by a motor (not shown) and may be, for example, along arod 1022 and/or away from aline connecting rod 1022 andarm 1002. Alternatively or additionally,device 1000 self calibrates by detecting an applied torque moment and moving weight 1018 (or other weights) to compensate. - Optionally, the balancing is designed relative to an expected weight or force applied by a person during an activity.
-
Fig. 11 also showsrod 1022 being constrained to travel in a straight line by aslot 1030 inplate 1020. - While, in general, computer controlled directional motors and brakes can achieve any desired motion, a possibly more limited motion is supported by the use of
plate 1020 and its associatedslots 1030. A potential advantage of using guide plates is that movement perpendicular to the slot is not generally possibly, and this does not required suitable circuitry. -
Fig. 12 illustrates a drive system for a plate-based rehabilitation device. A first, optional,motor 1046 is attached to agear 1048 which rotatesplate 1020 to allow motion ofrod 1022 in other than a straight line. A second,optional motor 1040 is attached to a threadedrod 1042 on which arod coupler 1044 travels. Ascoupler 1044 travels, it moves (or resists)rod 1022 alongslot 1030. Other mechanisms can be used as well. - As noted in
Figs. 3A and 3B , it is sometimes desirable to provide varying, rather than absolute resistance to motion perpendicular toslot 1030.Fig. 13A illustrates anexemplary coupling device 1300 for replacingcoupler 1044, and which has this property.Coupling device 1300 includes abody 1314 having an inner threadedsection 1302 for mounting on threadedrod 1042.Body 1314 further comprises anapertured element 1306 having anaperture 1304 which engagesrod 1022. One ormore spring elements 1308couple element 1304 tobody 1314. Optionally, the tension inspring element 1308 can be adjusted, for example by ascrew 1310. Optionally, alinear displacement sensor 1312 is provided to measure the error in the position ofrod 1022.Elements 1308 can be provided, for example, in the direction ofslot 1030 and/or perpendicular to it. Other exemplary force control mechanisms are described with reference toFigs. 22-26 . -
Fig. 13B shows anelastic guide 1340, formed of two 1342 and 1344 coupled by one orhalves 1352 and 1354. Thus, amore springs slot 1346 formed between two 1348 and 1350 of the halves has some elastic give. Alternatively or additionally, edges 1348 and 1350 are made at least partially elastic, for example, of rubber.edges -
Figs. 14A illustrates a variant device, in which two guide plates are used in tandem, anupper guide plate 1020 and a lower guide plate 1402. Separate motors are optionally provided for rotating each guide plate. -
Fig. 14B shows a guide plate with several slots. The solid areas are provided to prevent the cut-outs from falling out. Other methods, for example, out-of-plane bridges, may be used instead. -
Fig. 14C shows a guide plate with an "X" shaped slot. Other shapes can be provided as well, for example a circle with a cross inside, or curved slots. -
Programming device 1000 includes replacing slots and/or setting resistance. Optionally, when a slot in inserted, it is recognized bydevice 1000, for example, using a contact based detection scheme as described above or using a wireless or RF communication, for example, by embedding a smart card circuitry in the plate. -
Fig. 15A shows awrist attachment 1500, which provides control and/or feedback for one or more degrees of motion of a hand. - A forearm is supposed to rest on a
rest 1510, while agrip 1502 is grasped by the hand.Grip 1502 is gimbaled in one or more axes relative torest 1510. In the example shown, handle 1502 is mounted on abase 1503 which includes arod 1504. Ajoint section 1506 can optionally rotate around the axis ofrod 1504 and/or travel along it. In addition, anoptional rod 1508 interconnects rest 1510 andjoint section 1506 and allow rotation aroundrod 1508. In addition, anoptional rod 1512 meetsjoint section 1506 at a direction perpendicular to the other two rods and allows rotation around that third axis. - Optionally,
wrist attachment 1500 is attached to tip 1508 atrest 1510 or at abase section 1514 attached torod 1508. - Optionally, one or more of the relative motions described is supported by one or more motors and/or controllable brakes.
- In some wrist attachments (or for other attachment devices), one or more springs the handle to the rehabilitation device so as to provide the varying resistance shown in
Figs. 3A and 3B , in one or more dimensions. -
Fig. 15B shows awrist attachment 1520 and generally following the form ofdevice 1500. Ahandle 1522 is griped by a patient, while the patient's arm rests on anarm rest 1524. Optionally, one or more straps are provided (not shown) which can attach via one ormore strap slots 1526. Abase 1542 affords attachment via aconnector 1528 to an arm 102 (not shown, but exemplified inFig. 15C ). A universal connector is used which is suitable for multiple attachments as described herein, for example. The connector provides one ore more of mechanical fixation, power (e.g., electrical power) and data transfer. Optionally, the connector also provides identifying information about the attachment todevice 100. - Three wrist rotations are supported, by
1530, 1532 and 1534. Optionally, the resistance at one or more of the joints is adjustable. The adjustment is manual, for example using one or more ofmechanical joints 1536, 1538 and 1540. Alternatively an internal adjustment, for example, using a small electric motor, is provided. The resistance may be, for example, of a friction type or of a resilient (e.g., spring) type. Optionally, rotation sensors are provided for each joint, for example potentiometers.knobs - Optionally, handle 1522 is replaceable, for example, using a pull-
pin 1544 to selectably unlockhandle 1522 for removal. -
Fig. 15C shows a different version, of awrist attachment 1550, similar to wrist attachment 1520 (e.g., aknob 1552 is at a different place from knob 1538) and shown from an opposite side. Also shown is the mounting of the wrist attachment on an arm 102The mounting comprises a ball and socket joint, optionally with friction resistance. Optionally, the socket joint is designed to disconnect if it experiences torque above a certain level, for example as a safety feature. Optionally, this safety level is settable. The joint comprises a ball held between two plates, with the plates interconnected by springs with a settable resistance. A wire interconnecting the plates is optionally provided and may generate a signal is torn (e.g., springs over strained). Optionally, a safety tether is provided to keep the parts of the joint together. - Another difference is that instead of a
single arm rest 1524, two arm rests, 1558 and 1556 are shown. Optionally, straps are provided only for the far arm rest (1558).Optional padding 1560 is also shown. -
Fig. 15D shows anon-vertical handle attachment 1560. While a 90 degree angle is shown in abend 1562, other angles, for example 45 degrees may be provided. Optionally, the angle allows better control over which muscles will act and/or may make some motions easier. Optionally,bend 1562 is adjustable, for example to preset angles, such as 0, 45 and 90 degrees. - An optional
universal attachment 1564 is shown. -
Fig. 15E shows agrip 1570 in whichoptional finger indentations 1572 are shown. Anoptional button 1574 for input form the patient is shown. Additional buttons may be provided. - Optionally, a
body 1576 ofhandle 1570 is squeezable. One type of squeezable body includes a gas-filled bladder. Optionally, the compression of the gas can be varied to change the resistive force.Body 1576 is formed of two panels separated by one or more springs. - An optional
universal attachment 1578 is shown. -
Fig. 15F shows two 1582 and 1586, which are optionally changeable viahandles 1584 and 1588. This may be useful, for example, when it is desired for one hand to assist the other hand in a motion. The two handles actually used need not be identical.pins - An optional
universal connector 1590 is shown. - Other attachments may be used as well. In one example, a cup like attachment is used. A patient can hold the cup as a glass or hold it using a pinching action by its handle. Various sensors to measure pinching force and or grip force (as may be applied to the glass) may be provided. Alternatively, attachments known in the art can be used, optionally being modified to include a universal connector and/or suitable sensors. Optionally, an attachment with a strap to hold the hand is provided.
- Optionally, the attachment used provides a sensation to the patient, for example, vibration, pricking, pinching or a surface texture. Electrical power may be provided to the attachment, as well as data, to generate and control such sensation. Surface texture may be varied, for example, by providing a smooth layer with an underlay that is bumpy. Extending the bumps or the bumpy layer, will vary the surface texture.
- While the attachments are described for the arm, it should be appreciated that such attachments can be provided to other limbs and to the head and neck. In one example, a pedal is provided as an attachment for a foot. The various rotations of the wrist attachments may also be provided for the foot. Similarly, a head and neck attachment may be designed to hold the support various rotations and/or movements of the chin relative to the neck.
- Another type of attachment is not mounted directly on
arm 102,patches 504 for example (Fig. 5 ). -
Figs. 16A-16D illustrate various methods of elbow support. As noted above, for some rehabilitation methods it is useful to provide support for and/or prevent motion of the elbow (or other body parts).Device 100 supports the weight of the limb so that a patient can focus on moving the limb and not on holding it in space. Conversely,device 100 may be set to prevent the patient from leaning on the device, for example, withdevice 100 providing exactly the force expected to be applied by the limb (optionally with some leeway). Optionally, the degree of force changes along the trajectory, for example, as the limb extends. -
Fig. 16A shows an embodiment of the invention. It shows anelbow support 1604 attached by wires to aframe 1602, fixed to the rehabilitation device. Optionally,frame 1602 is collapsible. Optionally,frame 1602 is designed to allow entry of a wheel chair so that a patient on a wheelchair is not required to leave the chair for rehabilitation. One ormore foot pedals 1609 are provided for exercising and/or other rehabilitation activities of the legs. Optionally, the pedals are used to support coordinated exercises between arms and legs. Pedals that move in more than one degree of freedom may be provided, as well as various sensors as described herein. Aperpendicular motion mechanism 1606 is shown, which may provide room for the knees of a patient sitting in a wheelchair. - In a simplest embodiment,
wires 1605 are set (e.g., their length) to a desired elbow location. Optionally, three wires are used so thatelbow support 1604 can be fixed in space. Optionally, more wires, for example, four wires are provided, so that even when not occupied,support 1604 does not move. While wires may be used to set an elbow support, such wires may also be used to support other body parts. Optionally, multiple sets of wires are provided, for supporting multiple body parts. Optionally, a wire based system is used instead of an 102 or 1002 to control the position of a tip (or attachment) or point on a body.arm - In an exemplary embodiment of the invention, a wire system is used for measurement of a position in space. In one example, a
wire 1605 recoils and is attached to a measurement device such as an encoder. Interpolation can be used to provide XYZ coordinates ofsupport 1604. In another example, described above as well, wires are used to measure a relative position of a chair and a rehabilitation device (e.g., frame 1602). - Optionally, a wire mechanism is attached between two limbs and used to determine their relative distance. Multiple wires may be used to determine more than just a distance value.
- Optionally, a wire system is used for measuring additional parameters, for example, force applied to a limb (optionally including direction) and speed of motion. It should be noted that a combined system including (for a same point or tip 108) both robotic elements and wire elements, may be provided.
- In an exemplary embodiment of the invention, a wire system is controlled, for example using a motor, to maintain a certain tension. Optionally, this is used to allow floating support of a limb. Optionally, motors are used for controlling or assisting motion, for example with a motor being used to shorten a wire or allow a wire to play out at a certain speed or if a certain force is sensed.
- Optionally, a
wire 1605 provides compliance against tension, for example, by providing a spring attached to a wire 1605 (e.g., at apoint 1608, where a motor may be provided as well). Optionally, the tension in the spring may be varied, for example, using an electric motor. Optionally, the spring is used to provide cushioning in general. -
Fig. 16B showselbow support 1604 supported by anarm 1610 which extends from the rehabilitation device. Optionally,arm 1610 includes a linear extension measurement element and two rotary measurement elements, to indicate the position ofsupport 1604. Sensors sodevice 100 can calculate the position. Also, as noted, force sensors may be provided, to assist in analyzing the forces applied by the patient to support 1604. -
Fig. 16C showselbow support 1604 supported by ajointed arm 1620 which extends from the rehabilitation device. -
Fig. 16D showselbow support 1604 supported by amember 1630 which extends out of (and/or is mounted on)arm 1002. - Optionally, the extending arms and members are configurable. Alternatively or additionally, the arms include motors and/or variable resistance elements. Alternatively or additionally, the arms and links include position, orientation, displacement and/or force sensors. The actual position of various parts of the arm may be determined based on the fact that one or more parts of the arm are fixed and the length is known. If any joints are provided, the angle of the joint may be measured.
- An additional elbow support example is shown in
Fig. 19 , below, in a docking station. - It is desirable that
arm 102 have a center resting position which is not vertical.Fig. 17A shows arehabilitation device 1700, including a joint 1702 between abase 1704 thereof and amovement mechanism 1706 thereof, which can assume multiple orientations. - Alternatively, one of the above described rehabilitation devices may be mounted on a surface other than the floor or on legs with uneven lengths. Optionally, when
device 1000 is mounted on a wall or upside down, rollers such asrollers 1012 are provided aboveball 1010 as well, so that they can supportball 1010, whendevice 1000 is on its side or upside down. Mounting is achieved, for example, by screws or using an adhesive. - One potential advantage of a varying orientation rehabilitation device is the ability to rehabilitate a patient in varying positions. For example, some exercises, for example those including reaching and balance may be usefully practiced while standing up. Some exercises, must be practiced while lying down, as the patient is bed-ridden. Some exercises may be practiced sitting and others while kneeling.
- Another potential advantage is that a same system may be used to rehabilitate different body parts with a same device.
- Another potential advantage of a varying orientation rehabilitation device is that many arm motion mechanisms are limited in their range of motion, coupling between axes and/or other mechanical considerations. Varying the orientation of the device allows the motion mechanism to be placed at a more optimal position. It should be noted that in some varying orientation devices, the controlled
tip 108 of the device can stay in a same location even though the motion mechanism has moved. This allows, for example, that a patient remain in a wheelchair during a change in exercise. - While a manual change in orientation is shown, optionally one or more motors are used to effect the change in orientation. One or more angle sensors may be provided to detect the actual rotation of joint 1702 (in one or two directions).
-
Fig. 17B andFig. 17C show an alternative varyingorientation rehabilitation device 1710, in two orientations. InFig. 17B , an angled orientation is shown, asupport slab 1724 positions amotion mechanism 1720 and anarm 1722 relative to abase 1712. Optionally, one or moreextendible legs 1714 are provided for stability. Optionally, awheelchair guide 1716, optionally extendible, is provided. Optionally,guide 1716 is slotted to allow a wheel to enter therein. Optionally, chucks are added on either side of the wheel to lock the wheel in place. Not shown is an optional bracket based locking mechanism in which one or more pins or brackets engages the wheel from one or both sides thereof, for example along the wheel axis. Such a mechanism may be electrically actuated, for example, by the patient himself. This wheelchair locking mechanism may be used as well. -
Slab 1724 can be positioned at various angles.Fig. 17B shows an angle of about 45 degrees.Fig. 17C shows a 90 degree angle. Also shown inFig. 17C , is asecond support slab 1726 attached by alockable hinge 1728 to supportslab 1724. InFig. 17B slab 1726 is flat againstbase 1712. Additional possible modes are a 0 degree angle, in which 1724 and 1726 lay flat in aslabs recess 1734 ofbase 1712. Ahinge 1730 is used to rotatemotion mechanism 1720 so that it faces upwards. Optionally,motion mechanism 1720 is coupled to hinge 1730 via arotatable base 1721. Another exemplary position is withslab 1724 lying flat in arecess 1732, so thatrotatable base 1721 also lies inrecess 1732. This is a transport mode, in which arm 1722 may be detached and the whole ofdevice 1710 may fit, for example, in a trunk of a car.Slab 1726 is optionally attached tobase 1712, by another lockable hinge (not shown). -
Fig. 17D shows analternative rehabilitation device 1740 with an adjustable position of amotion mechanism 1748 thereof. A rail 1744 extends from abase 1742 andmotion mechanism 1748 is coupled to atraveler 1746 which rides on rail 1744. Optionally,motion mechanism 1748 is attached by a hinge totraveler 1746, to better utilize the range of motion of mechanism 1748 (e.g., allowing anarm 1750 ofdevice 1740 to be centered in a center of a motionspace using traveler 1746, rather than using mechanism 1748). - Rail 1744 optionally folds for travel. Rail 1744 optionally includes an in-built data and power bus for transferring at least power to
mechanism 1748. Alternatively, a flexible cable (not shown) is used. Base 1742 (as other bases shown herein) may optionally include wheels. - Multiple limbs can be trained together, for example, for rehabilitating synchronized motion. Multiple modules such as used in
device 1000 are attached in various configurations to achieve this effect. The attachment can be, for example, structural (e.g., preventing undesired relative motion, but possibly adjustable), mechanical, for example transmitting motion from one module to another, and/or controlled, for example, modifying the interaction at one module in response or in synchrony with interaction at another module. -
Fig. 18 shows arehabilitation device 1800 for an arm and a leg.Device 1800 includes afirst section 1804 for exercising an arm, for example using a mechanism ofdevice 1000, and asecond section 1802 for exercising a leg, for example also using the mechanism ofdevice 1000. - One exemplary use for this type of device is to rehabilitate a stroke victim with one side paralysis. Another exemplary use is to train synchronized motions, such as required for walking.
- In some cases, two sided rehabilitation is desirable.
Fig. 19A shows arehabilitation device 1900 with four mechanism modules. A pair of 1902 and 1904 is used to control the movements of a right arm and a pair ofmodules 1906 and 1908 is used to control the movements of a left arm. The two pairs of modules can be synchronized and/or used for teaching, for example, as described above.mechanism modules - Optionally, one or more modules are added for exercising each leg. In the example shown, one or
more pedals 1910, such as inFig. 16A are provided. However, as noted above, devices with a greater degree of freedom can be used. Optionally, gait training mechanisms, for example as described in , also being filed as PCT application on same date as the present application and by the same applicant, entitled "Gait Rehabilitation Methods and Apparatuses" and havingUS provisional application no. 60/633,428 filed on December 7, 2004 attorney docket number 414/04391are used. Optionally, such mechanism includes a support which attaches to an ankle and can rotate and/or translate the ankle (e.g., foot) in various (e.g., 2,3,4, or more) directions so as to rehabilitate walking. Optionally, one or more mechanism modules are provided for training hip motion, even while sitting. Optionally, a tread-mill or training bicycle is provided for the patient to walk on while exercising his upper body. Motion of the treadmill is optionally synchronized to rehabilitation exercises and actual performance by the patient. Optionally, gait training includes individual training of different parts of the body and then training them together for a complete (or partial) gait. - Optionally,
device 1900 is used with a wheelchair and not a standard chair. -
Fig. 19B shows adocking station 1920 andFig. 19C showsdocking station 1920 occupied by awheelchair 1922. By docking station is meant a structure to which a patient can be brought and locked into place and then rehabilitated. From a functional point of view it is generally desirable that only a minimum of manipulation of the patient be required for rehabilitation work to start. Thus, for example, the patient can stay in the wheelchair and optionally instead of adjusting the patient's position (e.g., initially and when exercises change) the rehabilitation device moves, optionally autonomously, to ensure correct relative positioning. - Two varying
1924 and 1926 are provided on aorientation modules track 1928. Optionally, the modules are moved by hand. Alternatively, motors (not shown) change the configuration of the modules and/or move them alongtrack 1928.Track 1928 optionally provides power and/or data to the modules. Also non-varying orientation modules or other rehabilitation devices may be attached. - An optional wheel-
chair holding mechanism 1932 is shown positioned on atrack 1930. Optionally, the position is changed manually. Alternatively, the position is changed using a motor (not shown). Similarly, the wheelchair-engaging mechanism can be manual or motorized. - A set of
foot pedals 1934 is shown, but it could be replaced by other foot-training devices. - An
optional elbow support 1936 is shown, attached to a joint 1938. Optionally,elbow support 1936 is floating with respect to the person, optionally adjusted to compensate for the weight of the patient. Optionally, the floating is in a plane, for example in a plane parallel to the floor. Optionally the location of the elbow is measured by the support and can be used for various feedbacks such as measurement of quality of motion.Support 1936 is optionally on a telescoping and/or articulating arm, for example as described inFig. 16 . - A
display 1940 is optionally provided, for example for use of a therapist and/or the patient. Aninput system 1942, for example a keyboard and a joystick may be provided as well. Optionally, the input and 1940 and 1942 can be swiveled to different positions, so that the therapist can access them whileoutput devices docking station 1920 is occupied. -
Display 1940,input 1942 and/or joint 1938 are optionally mounted on a column, optionally a telescoping column. Optionally, a display 1946 (audio and/or visual) dedicated to the patient is provided. - A similar docking station may be provided for a gurney, for example with four motion mechanisms, one for each limb. Alternatively, as described below, the rehabilitation device is made portable enough so that it may be brought to a bed-ridden patient.
- A rehabilitation device is provided which is mobile. There are various levels of mobility, as described herein can achieve these levels.
- Mobility of a rehabilitation device is used to move the device within a ward or between hospital wards.
-
Fig. 19D showsmobile rehabilitation devices 1950 positioned near abed 1951. A mobile device, amotion mechanism 1952 is mounted on arail 1958, for example a curved rail with abase 1960. Wheels, optionally lockable and/or extending legs (not shown) may be provided onbase 1960.Rail 1958 optionally includes one or more tracks 1962 (slots shown) for adjusting the position ofmechanism 1952. Two different attachments are shown, 1954 for an arm and 1956, for a leg. Optionally, the wheels are used to movedevice 1950 into storage. Collapsible devices were described above, for example inFig 17B . -
Fig. 19E shows an alternativemobile rehabilitation device 1964, coupled tobed 1951. One ormore attachment mechanism 1972lock device 1964 tobed 1951. Wheels are optionally provided.Device 1952 may be used, for example for rehabilitation from above.Device 1964 comprises aframe 1970 on atop part 1966 of which amovement mechanism 1952 is mounted. Optionally,device 1952 can move along the frame. Aball grip attachment 1968 is shown. - Mobility may also be useful in other settings, for example, at home or in a small clinic. Also, as noted above, a mobile rehabilitation device may be carried by a therapist on home-calls.
- Rehabilitation is performed in water (or a steam bath), or with water supporting the patient and/or providing heat and/or massage.
Fig. 19F exemplifies the use ofmobile rehabilitation devices 1972 in abathtub 1976. Awheeled base 1978 is shown, but other base types, including a fixed base, may be used. Twoarm attachments 1974 with extended connections are used and the patient may be sitting or lying down. - Rehabilitation may also be carried out in a swimming pool, with
device 1972, for example, being attached to a ceiling above the pool. - The rehabilitation device is kept outside the water, but attachments are made waterproof. Optionally, the device itself is made waterproof or at least splatter-proof. Optionally, the rehabilitation device is made battery operated, to prevent electric-shock hazard. Alternatively, pneumatic or hydraulic motors are used instead of electric motors. Optionally, low-voltage (e.g., 24, 12, 5 volts or less) are used to power the rehabilitation device. Optionally a device without motors that includes brakes, is used
- The mobility of the rehabilitation device is used for rehabilitation in the outdoors, for example in a person's garden (e.g., on grass) or in nature. In one example, a rehabilitation device is used for a recreational activity such as barbequing. The device can be used to help guide, diagnoses and train a patient in flipping hamburgers, for example. Optionally, large wheels are provided for better traveling over soft surfaces. In another example, the rehabilitation device is used to rehabilitate outdoor activities such as golf or fishing. Optionally, special attachments are provided for such activates, to match the range of motion of the movement mechanism used to the activity. In a fishing example, the rehabilitation device can assist for example in holding a fishing rod, generating range of motion in the shoulder to through a fly and in resisting the pull of a fish (which is a varying force). Exemplary attachments are an attachment to a fishing rod and an attachment to a tip of the rod (e.g., simulating a fish).
- A leveling mechanism is provided for uneven surfaces. This mechanism, for example, similar to that of
Fig. 17A includes an inclination sensor which detects the level plane and adjusts the motion mechanism to be arranged suitably. - A tip and or tilt detection mechanism is provided. Optionally, when tipping is detected (e.g., acceleration of the base of a rehabilitation unit), the unit generates a warning signal. Optionally, any attachments to the patient are released, to prevent damage to the patient. Optionally, the base includes collapsible sections so that if tipping is detected, the base can collapse one section thereof and cause the device to fall away from the patient.
- A mobile rehabilitation system for use out side of a sterile environment is made easier to clean and/or proof against spills, dirt and some weather conditions. Optionally, the electronics and motion mechanisms are sealed. Optionally, joints are covered with flexible rubber so that fewer bumps and cracks are present. Optionally, a wipe-clean plastic covering is provided on the device.
- The rehabilitation system is mounted on a wheelchair, for example on its side or in back, or in a car, for example, in the seat near a driver. Optionally, the device can be fitted in the back of a van and the van is configured to be used as a mobile rehabilitation unit, where a patient can enter (possibly in a wheel chair, possibly using a lift) and exercise.
- A rehabilitation device optionally features modular design. Such modular design may manifest itself in one or more of the following manners:
- (a) The device is capable of being broken down into modules. This allows, for example, for maintenance by replacing a defective module. Alternatively or additionally, the mobility of a device is enhanced by the ability to take it apart into components which can be quickly put together again by a layperson. No special tools are required for taking apart or for putting together the device. Optionally, a simple screwdriver or turn wrench is used. Optionally, the device can be broken down/folded up or put back together in less than 1 hour. Optionally, the time required is less than 30 minutes, less than 20 minutes or less than 10 minutes, 5 minutes or 2 minutes, for example.
- (b) The device itself is a module. As can be seen for example in
Fig. 19 , a same motion mechanism module can be used for multiple different rehabilitation configurations. Optionally the unit as shown inFig. 17 is used as an attachable/detachable module for the docking station ofFig. 19B . - (c) Modular attachments. As shown for example in
Figs. 16-19 , various types of attachments can be added to a same basic device, thereby changing its usage. In a particular example, the device is adapted for various patient sizes, for example children with Cerebral Palsy, by replacing parts, for example anarm 102, with suitably sized parts.
The hand attachment includes mechanical and electrical quick connections. The mechanical quick connect may include a pin that fits to a hole with locking the electrical quick connect can includes spring loaded needles on one side and surface pads on the others. A same set of connectors may be used for multiple attachments. - (d) Modular software. Optionally, the software used by the rehabilitation device is provided as modular software, for example, separate modules for different attachments; modules which includes sets of exercises; separate modules for different motion modes; and/or separate modules for different uses of the device (e.g., group, home or clinic).
- A rehabilitation device is used to help specifically rehabilitate a patient to achieve daily activities, such as opening doors, eating at a table, reading a book, getting dressed, brushing teeth and washing dishes.
-
Fig. 19G shows arehabilitation device 1980 configured for use for daily activities. Arehabilitation module 1952 is mounted upside down over a table 1986 set with various eating utensils. Anelbow rest 1984 is optionally provided. Table 1986 is attached to aframe 1988 which supportsmechanism 1952. Alternatively,frame 1988 may be wide enough to surround an existing table or other home element. - In use, a hand of the patient is strapped to a
movable tip 1982 ofdevice 1980 and the user attempts to or is guided through a daily activity such as picking up a fork. Optionally, a glove with force-feedback is used to selectively rehabilitate individual fingers. Such gloves are known in the art. -
Device 1980 is used for one or more of training a patient to do activities related to daily life, testing the patient's current ability to do such activities and/or monitoring a patient's ability. Optionally, such testing and/or monitoring are used by insurance companies to decide on compensation or assistance required. Such testing can be repeated over a period of time so that attempts to cheat may be detected by sudden spikes in ability. - It is noted that a very important goal for rehabilitation is quality of life, which is optionally addressed and/or determined by training and testing the ability to perform various daily activities.
- Specific attachments are provided for daily activities training. In one example, a spillage indicating cup is provided, which includes an inclination sensor. In another example, a whiteboard with ability to detect a pen position is used in rehabilitation exercises involving writing on a wall. The detected position and/or pressure is reported to the rehabilitation device which optionally holds, supports and/or guides the hand of a patient.
- An implement of daily living is turned into an attachment by providing one or more patches, for example stickers which include a sensors, for example a position or a pressure sensors, and attaching the patch to a daily use implement, such as hammer or a wall. The rehabilitation device optionally includes a position determining means, for example, a wireless unit which communicates with position sensors on the patches or a camera which images the patches, so that the rehabilitation device can determine relative positions and/or orientations of the daily use objects. In some cases, rehabilitation and/or diagnosis is carried out using the methods described herein but without mechanical support or kinesthetic feedback. Optionally, vibration or other feedback is provided to a patient by attaching a vibrating patch (under control of the rehabilitation device) to a limb which is being rehabilitated.
-
, also being filed as PCT application on same date as the present application and by the same applicant, entitled "Fine Motor Control Rehabilitation" and havingUS provisional application no. 60/566,079 filed on April 29, 2004 attorney docket number 414/04401, describes various structures useful for rehabilitation of fine motor control or the combination of fine and gross-motor control. -
Fig. 19H shows adevice 1990 for assisting in training for activities of daily living. Rather than provide an entire table,device 1990 includes two 1992 and 1993 connected to asettable points base 1994. A pair of adjustable arms, for example goose-neck arms 1996 can be used to adjust their position in space. In use, for example for pouring tea, set 1992 and 1993 are positioned to emulate a situation, for example pouring tea. In an exemplary exercise, a patient is required to move a cup (e.g., helped by a rehabilitation device, not shown) frompoints point 1992 topoint 1993. the trajectory is then evaluated.Set point 1993 is shown as a flat surface, on which items may be placed. Other structures and attachments, such as hooks, may be used. Optionally, setpoints 1992 and 1993 (more may be provided) include sensors, for example proximity sensors (to detect human or rehabilitation robot), contact sensors, pressure sensors and/or position sensors. The set points may also provide feedback, for example, lights, sound or vibration. - The relative positions of
1992 and 1993 may be determined, for example, using position sensors or cameras. Alternatively,points tip 108 is used to register their position to the rehabilitation device, by contacting 1992 and 1993 in turn bypoints tip 108. Optionally, a dummy arm is mounted on the rehabilitation device to calibrate the relative expected position oftip 108 and a set point, when the set point is actually being touched by a part of the user, such as a finger. - A joint in an articulated arm is configured to provide selective and/or directional resistance.
-
Fig. 20 is a cross-sectional view of such a joint between arod 2004 and arod 2002. Achuck 2006 fits into aflaring end 2008 ofrod 2004 and engages aball 2012 attached torod 2002. Ifchuck 2006 is retracted towardsrod 2004, it tightens aroundball 2012 and increases the resistance thereof. - Optionally, one or more strain sensors and/or optical sensors is provided between
chuck 2006 andball 2012, so that a direction of force being applied to joint 2000, can be determined. Optionally, one or more electrically activated brake elements are provided, for example piezoelectric elements, which can selectively modify a degree of resistance. This may be provided instead of or additional to a retracting chuck mechanism. -
Fig. 21 shows analternative rehabilitation device 2100, in which a ball joint is not used. Anarm 2102, optionally extendible is optionally balanced by anoptional counter-weight 2110 around anaxle 2106. Counter-weight 2110 may include a motor or variable brake for controlling extension ofarm 2102. - A
motor 2108 is optionally provided to rotatearm 2102 aroundaxle 2106. Asecond hinge 2112 is provided to allow rotation around an axis perpendicular toarm 2102 andaxle 2106. Optionally,motor 2108 includes a weight so that it balancesarm 2102 relative to hinge 2112. Optionally aslot 2114 is provided in abase section 2104 ofdevice 2100, for functioning asplate 1020 andslot 1030 above. A similar structural arrangement may be used as well. Optionally, arotatable plate 2116 is provided for carryingslot 2114. A motor (not shown) is optionally provided for rotation around joint 2112. Optionally, joint 2112 is raised to have an axis crossing the axis ofaxle 2106. -
Figs. 22A shows analternative gimbaled device 2200 for use as a motion mechanism.Fig. 22B , described below shows a configuration ofdevice 2200 including motors and/or brakes. -
Device 2200 includes agimbaled section 2202, an optionally removable z-axis element 2204 and an optionallyreplaceable handle 2206 attached thereto. Amodular connector 2208, for example as shown inFig. 15 may be used. Optionally, arelease pin 2210 is user to selectively take off z-axis element 2204, for example,, for replacement or for storage. -
Gimbaled section 2202 optionally includes aframe 2212 including afirst hinge 2214. Optionally, aguiding frame 2216 is attached to hinge 2214 that provides a first stationary axis and includes a guide pathway for guiding an extension (or cam follower or pin) 2218 (described below). - A second stationary axis is provided by a
hinge 2220 also onframe 2212.Handle 2204 is optionally rigidly attached to aframe 2222 which includesextension 2218. Thus, the spherical rotation motion ofhandle 2204 is translated to rotation of the two hinges around the stationary axes. Optionally,extension 2218 includes a balancing weight (not shown). -
Fig. 22B showsdevice 2200 in an exemplary deployed configuration, with twobraking mechanisms 2232 and twoforce control mechanism 2230 attached. As can be appreciated a practical device can be constructed with only one of resistance and force control.Force control mechanisms 2230 are described below in greater detail. - Referring to
braking mechanism 2232, a disc braking mechanism is used in which a disc (or part of a disc) 2240 is selectively constrained by a friction element (not shown). Amotor 2250 selectively sets the pressure applied by the friction element on the disc. Other friction mechanisms may be provided as well. The following mechanism is used to couplemotor 2250 todisc 2240. Acoupling 2248 converts rotational motion ofmotor 2250 into axial motion of arod 2247. Optionally,rod 2247 is spring-loaded so that absent power tomotor 2250, the pin moves to a locked or an unlocked position, where the friction ondisc 2240 is maximal or minimal (depending on the implementation). Arest 2246 is thereby selectively lifted or pushed down byrod 2247. The friction element, while not shown, is coupled to arotatable element 2242 that converts rotation thereof to motion of the friction element towards or away fromdisc 2240. Optionally,element 2242 is a screw.Element 2242 includes an trans-axial lever 2244 which is engaged byrest 2246 and thereby rotateselement 2242 whenrest 2246 is moved.Rotatable element 2242 is optionally spring-loaded. - Other brake mechanisms can be used, for example as known in the art of brakes, for example, electrical, fluid, magnetic and/or mechanical brakes.
- Coupling between motion in the various axis is reduced by providing a single unidirectional brake. The brake comprises a spherical segment which is selectively pressed against
pin 2218. - Also shown in
Fig. 22B are various optional sensors. Asensor 2234 is coupled to the axis ofhinge 2220 and report whenhandle 2204 is rotated to its limit(s). Asensor 2236 reports when the handle is in a reference (or home) position. Asensor 2238, for example a rotatary potentiometer or encoder reports on the angle of rotation ofhinge 2220. Similar sensors may be used for thehinge 2214. - The brake mechanism is used for one or more of providing safety by stopping motion, providing programmable resistance (even in a system without active motion of the device) and/or balancing (e.g., by providing friction when needed to counteract external forces). Optionally, the braking action in the two
modules 2232 is coupled to provide for uniform braking behavior independent of whether the motion ofhandle 2204 is along one of the stationary axes or not. -
Fig. 23 shows acantilevered gimbaled mechanism 2300. Aframe 2302 is coupled (rigidly or not, as will be described inFig. 25 ) to a handle (not shown) which is optionally attachable to a drive system 2304 (e.g., for selectable extension and resistance to axial motion of the handle).Frame 2302 is rotatably coupled to aframe 2306. Relative rotation between 2302 and 2306 is provided by aframes motor 2316.Motor 2316 couples the frames using aworm gear 2314 andpinion 2312. Other connections methods may be provided. Optionally, the worm gear has a lead angle small enough to prevent motion of the handle from back-driving the motor. Possibly a worm gear is cheaper, quieter and/or allows a lower cost motor to be used, as compared to using a precise motor and/or gear-box. -
Frame 2306 is optionally coupled to abase bracket 2307 using a similar mechanism, of which only pinion 2308 andworm 2310 are shown. -
Fig. 24A shows a force and drivecontrol mechanism 2400. As shown,mechanism 2400 includes a drive section and a force feedback section. - Referring first to the drive section, an axle (not shown) of
2220 or 2214 is coupled to an inner pinion section 2402 of a pinion 2404, for example via a gear section formed on the axle. Optionally, other attachment methods, for example direct attachment, are used. Pinion 2404 is rotated by ahinge worm gear 2406 which turns on anaxis 2407. Power is provided by amotor 2414 via a set of two 2408 and 2410 connected by apulleys belt 2412. Other power trains may be used as well. - Referring to the force feedback section,
worm gear 2406 has a lead angle small enough so that it cannot be back-driven by pinion 2404. Instead, force (e.g., from the handle) which counteracts the force applied bymotor 2414 will causeworm gear 2406 to move axially alongaxis 2407. Optionally, one or both of a viscous braking mechanism and a resilient resistance mechanism are provided to counteract this force. Various combinations of settings may be provided, for example resulting in what is shown inFig. 3B . - Axial movement of
worm gear 2406 results in displacement of one of the two levers marked 2422 (the figure shows a mirror-imaged mechanism). Viscous cushioning is optionally provided by acushion 2440 resisting motion oflever 2422.Cushion 2440 is optionally adjustable, for example by hand or by the rehabilitation device. A linear potentiometer or other position sensor, are optionally used to detect the offset ofworm gear 2406. - A
spring 2420 resists the motion oflever 2422. Optionally,spring 2420 can be selectably preloaded by amotor 2424. A set of 2426 and 2430 and apulleys belt 2428 cause the rotation of a threadedshaft 2432. A nut 2434 (or other mechanism) rides on the screw and converts its rotation into preload ofspring 2420. Optionally,shaft 2432 is threaded in opposite directions on its two ends. It should be appreciated that separate preloading for each of the twosprings 2420 may be provided, for example if an asymmetric force resistance is desired, or to counter-balance for gravity. Optionally, manual adjustment of preloading is provided by anut 2438, possibly used for initial calibration and setting. - Optionally, a
pin 2436 is provided to limit the axial extent of motion ofworm gear 2406. It should be noted that if the preload is above zero, axial motion ofworm gear 2406 will not occur until this force is overcome. This corresponds to Fmin inFig. 3B . Optionally, the force mechanism is set up so that there is more resistance to extending motion (away from the body) than to motion towards the body. - Other mechanical structures can be provided as well, for example, springs 2420 can sit on
axis 2407. In another example, instead ofmotor 2424 and the associated pre-load setting mechanism can be replaced by a single spring coupled between the twolevers 2422. - This structure can provide various modes of operation for example:
- a) User passive mode. In this mode,
motor 2414 drivesworm gear 2406 andworm gear 2406 rotates pinion gear 2404 that is connect to the handle. - b) Free user mode. In this mode, a user moves the handle in any user determined direction and the system follows the user.
Mechanism 2400 acts as a mechanical diode is used to decouple the user motion from the motor. As the user exerts force on the robot arm,worm gear 2406 moves axially as described above. This linear motion is measured and can be used as input to a controller. The amount of force felt by the user is generally determined by the preload ofspring 2420. The preload can be set or as in this case be controlled by the motorized preload motor.
In the free user mode the controller receives the input from the linear potentiometer and instructsmotor 2424 to follow in the same direction. This causes the user to a predetermined force counteracting his desired motion. - c) Restricted mode (force field). An additional use for the spring motor combination is to create a track where the counteracting force is minimal but any deviation from the track will result in higher spring displacement and thus a force opposite the deviation (e.g., as shown in
Fig. 3A ). Optionally, this mode is activated for a particular speed, thereby setting up an isokinetic exercise. - d) Initiated Mode. A user starts a motion in a certain direction, which will be sensed as displacement of
worm gear 2406. This motion can then be carried to completion by the rehabilitation device. Optionally, the motion will be completed only if the initiated move was in a predetermined direction. - e) Assist mode. When a motion is in progress,
spring 2420 is preloaded in a fashion which pushes the handle in the direction of the motion (e.g., positive feedback). This may be a continuous force or it may be provided in pulses. - f) Static. Optionally, the force mechanism is used to require a patient to apply a force at a point in space without substantial movement of the handle. The force can be measured and/or controlled on the fly. It should be noted that a spring mechanism can generally provide more realistic small motions in response to force than a friction mechanism or direct robotic motion using motors.
- A potential advantage of the spring-motor combination is that velocity and/or range limitations on motion can be provided. Another potential advantage is that gradual (e.g., resilient) stopping can be provided, even in an emergency stop. Another potential advantage is that the viscous damping can provide a dynamic feeling.
-
Fig. 24B is aflowchart 2460 of the operation ofmechanism 2400 when two such mechanisms are attached to the device ofFig. 22B , in a free-hand mode. A similar process may be used for implementation with force control in three axes. -
Flowchart 2460 describes how the magnitude and direction of force applied by a user is measured and then used to guide the motion of the handle.Acts 2462 through 2476 are described only for Phi, but are carried out for all axes (e.g., Theta), as well. - At 2462, measurement of the Phi offset is acquired.
- At 2464 optional filtering is applied, for example low pass filtering which smoothes the signal and/or removes noise.
- At 2466, a scaling operation is optionally performed, for example to match calibration and control parameters.
- At 2468, a noise gate is optionally applies where signals below a threshold are converted to zero.
- At 2470, the magnitude and/or direction of the change in position are optionally extracted.
- At 2472, a position command is optionally generated using a gain factor.
- At 2474, the position command is optionally clamped to be at least a minimal value, for example, to overcome friction and/or noise levels.
- At 2476, an absolute position command is optionally generated.
- At 2478, the velocities of Phi and Theta axes are calculated. Optionally, acceleration is calculated as well.
- At 2480, a composite vector of correction is found. Optionally, the composite vector is a maximum of phi and theta rather than a vector combination, this may serve to stabilize the system and/or prevent mechanical problems.
- At 2482, a gain smaller than 1 is optionally applied, possibly increasing the stability.
- At 2484, the angle of the velocity vector is optionally calculated.
- At 2486, the components for Phi and Theta velocity are calculated.
- At 2488, a command for the motive source (e.g., motors) is generated.
-
Fig. 25 shows an alternativeforce control mechanism 2500 in which Phi and Theta axes are coupled using a single spring mechanism. Ahandle 2502 is moved using axes not shown. In one example,mechanism 2500 comprises an inner mechanism described inFig. 23 (where external Phi and Theta axes are shown). - An axis 2504 (and a matching orthogonal axis, not shown) comprise inner Phi and Theta axes which handle 2502 rotates around a small amount when force control is applied. A
bottom part 2506 contacts aplate 2508. The small amount of rotation causesplate 2508 to be depressed by part 2506 (other shapes may be provided, butpart 2506 is optionally rounded at its circumference). This depression is resisted by one ormore springs 2510, for example four springs. The pre-load of the springs may be set using amotor 2522 which using a driver 2520 and 2516 and atrain comprising pulleys belt 2518 can rotate ascrew 2514 which compressessprings 2510 by lifting abase 2512. Alternatively or additionally, manual pre-loading may be practiced - Optionally, linear motion of
plate 2508 is ensured using abushing 2524 or other means as known in the art. A mechanical stop may be provided to the relative motion ofcap 2508 andbase 2512, so that sufficient preload ofsprings 2510 prevents any mechanical motion. - The rounding of the edges of
part 2506 may be calculated to ensure a linear relationship between angle of rotation and displacement. - The axes of inner rotation may be congruent with the axes of external rotation, however, this is not required. For example, the axes may not be co-planar and/or the axes may not be parallel.
- Various measurement means may be provided, for example, a linear potentiometer measuring spring displacement and/or rotary potentiometers measuring Phi and Theta rotation. Measured values may be used with the flowchart of
fig. 24B . - Optionally,
spring 2510 is used to also provide compliance in the Z-direction. In one example, whenhandle 2502 is depressed,spring 2510 provides resistance. The hinge ataxis 2504 is optionally placed in a slot is that z-axial motion of the hinge is possible. -
Fig. 26A and 26B shows a z-axis motion and forceresponse mechanism 2600. The mechanism comprises a three part telescoping rod comprising acentral portion 2604, atop portion 2608 and abottom portion 2606. An external motor (e.g. 2304 fromFig. 23 ) couples to acoupling 2602 and thereby rotates arod 2609. The use of an external motor optionally helps modularity as a z-axis mechanism can be made lower cost and interchangeable with other z-axis mechanisms. Acoupling 2610, for example a nut converts the rotary motion into axial motion ofcentral portion 2604. The telescoping of 2604, 2606 and 2608 is optionally guided by a pair of linear bearings, 2614 forportions 2608 and 2612 forportion portion 2606. The linear bearings lie in 2613 and 2611, respectively.cannels - A combined rack and pinion and timing belt mechanism is used to synchronize the extension of
2606 and 2608, as follows. Each of theportions 2611 and 2613 also includes a rack defined thereon andchannels portion 2604 includes two 2616 and 2618, one on either end. Whenpinions portion 2604 extends,rack 2611 causespinion 2616 to rotate. Atiming belt 2620 which is connected betweenpinions 2616 and 2618 (on co-axially coupled belt pulleys of same effective diameter) causespinion 2618 to rotate in synchronization.Pinion 2618 then movesrack 2613, causing telescoping ofportion 2608. - Telescoping allows the z-axis mechanism to be compact and assist in portability. Also, it allows motions near to the center of rotation of the motion mechanism. Telescoping allows a range of 2:1 or close to 3:1 of z-axis length. Additional telescoping potions can be provided for a greater extension ratio.
- Referring to the upper part of the z-axis mechanism, an
exchangeable handle 2630 is shown. Axial motion ofhandle 2630 is optionally shown by motion of alinear measurement potentiometer 2638. Optionally, handle 2630 is attached using a quick connect mechanism. - A
spring 2632 provides resilient resistance to axial motion ofhandle 2630, for example using the logic as described above inFig. 24 . - Referring to
Fig. 26B ,spring 2632 is a spiral spring, whose resistance can be changed by changing its effective length, for example by moving a slidingstop 2636 which determines a length of the leaves ofspring 2632. This sliding stop is optionally moved manually, for example by rotating ahousing 2634. Alternatively, an internal motor may be provided. This change in leaf length is generally comparable to a change in preload. Minimal force setting may be provided by actually preloadingspring 2636, for example by axial motion thereof, or by providing another spring to resist axial motion. Preload may also be achieved by rotatingspring 2632 itself, thereby tensing the spring. - The range of motion of the force control mechanisms can be, for example, 3 cm, 5 cm, 10 cm, 15 cm, 20 cm or intermediate, smaller or greater ranges, depending on the implementation.
- The use of gear-reduction ratios allows lower power and/or lower cost motors to be used.
- It should be noted that force in the Z-axis can be transferred using a flexible or a bent coupling. Thus, for example, the z-axis element can be a 90 degree elbow in which only the far portion extends. Alternatively or additionally, goose-neck like mechanism is used to define shape in space for the z-axis element.
- Various games have been mentioned. One or more of the following game-types is provided: role playing games (adventure and D&D games), kinetic games (shoot-em-up), board games and simulation games (e.g., soccer and tennis).
- Games may be played, for example, one-on-one, against a human opponent or against a machine opponents.
-
Device 100 serves as an input device, for example replacing a joystick. Alternatively or additionally,device 100 is used as a VR input device, for example to read limb positions. Alternatively or additionally, specialized input modes may be defined, for example, spatial positions ofarm 102 may be mapped to virtual positions on the screen or in the game world, or to velocities and/or accelerations thereof. Gestures may be defined for various controls, for example, "fire", "lift" and "put" commands may each have an associated gesture. - Child games are provided, for example for encouraging paretic or CP children to avoid neglecting body parts.
Device 100 may also be used as a social focal point for preventing the paretic child from becoming an outcast. - A game is fitted to the ability of the patient, for example, limiting the ROM required, providing enhancement of patient motion, changing the game speed and changing the visual field which needs to be attended.
- The game is selected to match a motivation level of the patient, for example, a simple game selected for low-motivation patients.
- One or more safety features are provided to prevent injury to a patient. For example, one or more of the following safety mechanism may be used:
- a) Dead man switch. If a patient releases this switch (or touches a suitable button) movement of
device 100 is frozen and/or all forces and resistance brought to zero. Other "safe harbor" configurations can be defined instead. - b) Tearing pin. A pin may be used to attach tip 1008 (or other attachment) to
arm 1002. If a certain threshold force is exceeded, the pin tears and the attachment is released from the arm. Different pins with different tearing thresholds may be selected for different situations. Optionally a wire can be attached to the pin for feedback. Optionally the pin comprises two magnetically attracted materials, with the degree of attraction optionally set by electrical current. - c) Locking.
Arm 1002 may have an initial locking condition, to allow a patient to lean on it. - d) Voice activation. Voice activation and/or deactivation may be provided, to allow a patient to shout the system to a stop.
- e) Analysis. Optionally, the actual movements and/or forces applied by a patient are analyzed to determine if a threshold is being approached or if the patient is experiencing undue stress.
- f) Resiliency. The force control mechanism with a spring prevents sudden stops from suddenly stopping the patient. Instead, the spring allows some compliance and a more gradual stop.
- g) Force-measured. If the force mechanism determines a force and/or spatial divergence above a threshold, the motion can be stopped and optionally moved opposite to the direction of force application.
- A rehabilitation module is used for balance training. In one example, a seat is attached to tip 1008 and a patient sits on the seat. A
non-rotating plate 1020 with a slot sets the direction in which the seat is allowed to roll and the resistance level sets the difficulty. Optionally, a handle bar is provided. Alternatively or additionally, a foot rest and/or pedals are provided for the feet. Alternatively one or more rehabilitation modules for the arms are provided. In this manner, various daily and sports activities can be simulated and trained for. Optionally, a virtual reality type display or a television display are provided to enhance the sense of reality. Such a virtual reality display may be provided, for example to show feedback, to show instructions or to make the activity more interesting. -
, also being filed as PCT application on same date as the present application and by the same applicant, entitled "Methods and Apparatuses for Rehabilitation Exercise and Training" and havingUS provisional application no. 60/633,442 filed on December 7, 2004 attorney docket number 414/04388, describes training of balance, for example, using such a chair. Optionally, a full body system is used to train multiple body parts associated with balance simultaneously, for example, torso, arms and/or legs. -
Device 100 is used to train balance while standing. For example, a patient performing a reaching exercise toarm 102, whentip 108 is at various spatial positions; some positions requiring only arm extending and some positions requiring torso bending. -
Device 100 can be used for providing rehabilitation in modes other than motor. In one example, the displays (audio and/or visual) are used to perform visual and/or auditory rehabilitation. Thus, a single device can be used for multiple rehabilitation types (e.g., at home) and serve as a single point of contact both for the patient and for the therapist. If multiple therapists exist, the device can serve to coordinate between the various therapies and/or track general parameters, such as general progress, motivation and/or cognitive level.Device 100 selectively applies an exercise in one of several modalities, for example, for load balancing and/or for interest. -
Device 100 is used to rehabilitate the coordination between modalities and/or using the rehabilitation of one modality to help rehabilitate other modalities. One example is eye-hand coordination, where a patient is shown a target on a screen and the aim is to movetip 108 to tack it. Another example is timing where a patient needs to provide a command at a certain timing, possibly in an auditory modality. Another example is spatial planning, where a patient is provided with verbal instructions of gradually increasing complexity with regard to spatial motions. - Progressively more complex visual instructions, motor acts and feedback (visual or not) are provided to the patient. Similarly, progressively more complex audio, kinesthetic, haptic, and smell (using scent release attachments) feedback and/or instructions are provided.
- In a particular example, speech recognition is rehabilitated in concert with motion for example requiring speech to be understood fast enough to perform the motion in time, or respond to verbal instructions. A user may be required to provide speech utterances which match his motions. A speech recognition module may be provided.
- In another example, visual stimuli is made more complex as visual rehabilitation progresses, for example, starting with a light, then a light at a position, then a speed of blinking, then text which must be read, all of which are used to prompt motor action or serve as feedback (e.g., for progressively complex motor tasks: moving arm, moving to a direction, moving to a particular area).
- A particular advantage of
device 100 is mechanical feedback and support is provided to the patient. Some of the methods described herein for motor rehabilitation (and which may find special utility therefor) are used for non-motor rehabilitation, for example, measuring motivation, remote rehabilitation, group activities and support by a computer of user activities (for example for group participation). - Various designs for robots and positioning devices (e.g., hexapods) are known in the art. It should be appreciated that various ones of the statements described herein may be adapted for such robots and/or positioning devices. Alternatively or additionally, software may be provided for such robots and devices for carrying out various ones of the methods described herein.
-
describes taking the effects of brain plasticity into account. The methods described herein may use EEG or fMRI as an input for deciding, for example, on feedback or type of device mode to use.US provisional application no. 60/604,615 filed on August 25, 2004 -
, also being filed as PCT application on same date as the present application and by the same applicant, entitled "Neuromuscular Stimulation" and havingU.S. Provisional Application 60/566,078 filed on April 29, 2004 attorney docket number 414/04400, describe stimulating a paretic limb while moving the limb or otherwise supporting the motion of the limb. EMG measurements, for example of healthy limbs are optionally used as part of the teaching of the present application for deciding on stimulation and/or supported motion of a paretic limb. - It should be noted that the rehabilitation devices described herein are optionally usable not only at a home but also at care centers, such as old age homes, hospitals and rehabilitation centers.
- It will be appreciated that the above described methods of rehabilitation may be varied in many ways, including, omitting or adding steps, changing the order of steps and the types of devices used. In addition, a multiplicity of various features, both of method and of devices have been described. It should be appreciated that different features may be combined in different ways. In particular, not all the features shown above are necessary in every similar embodiment of the invention. Section headings are provided for assistance in navigation and should not be considered as necessarily limiting the contents of the section. When used in the following claims, the terms "comprises", "includes", "have" and their conjugates mean "including but not limited to". It should also be noted that the device is suitable for both males and female, with male pronouns being used for convenience.
- It will be appreciated by a person skilled in the art that the present invention is not limited by what has thus far been described. Rather, the scope of the present invention is limited only by the following claims.
Claims (4)
- A rehabilitation device, comprising:an actuator that includes a movement mechanism capable of applying a force vector which includes a rotation, wherein the force interacts with a motion of a patient's arm in a volume of at least 30 cm in diameter, in at least three degrees of freedom of motion of the actuator, wherein said movement mechanism is capable of preventing substantial motion in any point in any direction in said volume; and characterized by,a support for a patient including at least an elbow support (1604), wherein, for measurement of a position in space of the elbow support, the rehabilitation device comprises a wire system having wires (1605), each wire attached to the elbow support and to a measurement device, and configured to, in use, recoil; anda controller adapted to control the actuator to adjust a rehabilitation exercise according to relative positions of said actuator and said elbow support on the fly, during an exercise session and in response to patient movement.
- A device according to claim 1, wherein said controller is adapted to assume the relative positions differ only in two dimensions.
- A device according to claim 1, comprising a pointer which indicates a desired patient placement.
- A device according to claim 1, wherein said controller is configured to use said actuator to indicate a desired relative placement.
Applications Claiming Priority (8)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US54202204P | 2004-02-05 | 2004-02-05 | |
| US56607904P | 2004-04-29 | 2004-04-29 | |
| US56607804P | 2004-04-29 | 2004-04-29 | |
| US60461504P | 2004-08-25 | 2004-08-25 | |
| US63344204P | 2004-12-07 | 2004-12-07 | |
| US63342804P | 2004-12-07 | 2004-12-07 | |
| US63342904P | 2004-12-07 | 2004-12-07 | |
| PCT/IL2005/000141 WO2005074372A2 (en) | 2004-02-05 | 2005-02-04 | Methods and apparatus for rehabilitation and training |
Publications (3)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| EP1734912A2 EP1734912A2 (en) | 2006-12-27 |
| EP1734912A4 EP1734912A4 (en) | 2012-08-08 |
| EP1734912B1 true EP1734912B1 (en) | 2018-09-26 |
Family
ID=34842122
Family Applications (3)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| EP05703184.1A Expired - Lifetime EP1734912B1 (en) | 2004-02-05 | 2005-02-04 | Apparatus for rehabilitation and training |
| EP05703183A Withdrawn EP1732495A4 (en) | 2004-02-05 | 2005-02-04 | Methods and apparatus for rehabilitation and training |
| EP05703185A Ceased EP1734913A4 (en) | 2004-02-05 | 2005-02-04 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR REHABILITATION AND TRAINING |
Family Applications After (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| EP05703183A Withdrawn EP1732495A4 (en) | 2004-02-05 | 2005-02-04 | Methods and apparatus for rehabilitation and training |
| EP05703185A Ceased EP1734913A4 (en) | 2004-02-05 | 2005-02-04 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR REHABILITATION AND TRAINING |
Country Status (7)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (6) | US8753296B2 (en) |
| EP (3) | EP1734912B1 (en) |
| JP (4) | JP5088771B2 (en) |
| KR (1) | KR20070054596A (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2555239A1 (en) |
| MX (1) | MXPA06008920A (en) |
| WO (3) | WO2005074372A2 (en) |
Cited By (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| RU2738539C1 (en) * | 2020-03-30 | 2020-12-14 | Андрей Борисович Погорелов | Health-improving complex |
| IT202200009317A1 (en) * | 2022-05-06 | 2023-11-06 | Consiglio Nazionale Ricerche | Device for bilateral rehabilitation |
Families Citing this family (428)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US7015950B1 (en) | 1999-05-11 | 2006-03-21 | Pryor Timothy R | Picture taking method and apparatus |
| US7328119B1 (en) | 2000-03-07 | 2008-02-05 | Pryor Timothy R | Diet and exercise planning and motivation including apparel purchases based on future appearance |
| US8306635B2 (en) * | 2001-03-07 | 2012-11-06 | Motion Games, Llc | Motivation and enhancement of physical and mental exercise, rehabilitation, health and social interaction |
| CA2485271A1 (en) * | 2002-05-09 | 2003-11-20 | Daemen College | Electrical stimulation unit and waterbath system |
| US8074559B2 (en) * | 2007-02-06 | 2011-12-13 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Dynamic support apparatus and system |
| DE602005014097D1 (en) * | 2004-02-05 | 2009-06-04 | Motorika Ltd | REHABILITATION WITH MUSIC |
| ATE429949T1 (en) | 2004-02-05 | 2009-05-15 | Motorika Ltd | NEUROMUSCULAR STIMULATION |
| EP1729710A4 (en) | 2004-02-05 | 2012-03-07 | Motorika Ltd | Gait rehabilitiation methods and apparatuses |
| US8915871B2 (en) | 2004-02-05 | 2014-12-23 | Motorika Limited | Methods and apparatuses for rehabilitation exercise and training |
| US8112155B2 (en) * | 2004-02-05 | 2012-02-07 | Motorika Limited | Neuromuscular stimulation |
| US20080070752A1 (en) * | 2004-02-05 | 2008-03-20 | Motorika, Inc. | Fine Motor Control Rehabilitation |
| US20060293617A1 (en) * | 2004-02-05 | 2006-12-28 | Reability Inc. | Methods and apparatuses for rehabilitation and training |
| WO2005074372A2 (en) * | 2004-02-05 | 2005-08-18 | Motorika Inc. | Methods and apparatus for rehabilitation and training |
| CA2584612A1 (en) | 2004-08-25 | 2006-03-02 | Motorika Limited | Motor training with brain plasticity |
| US8290570B2 (en) * | 2004-09-10 | 2012-10-16 | Stryker Leibinger Gmbh & Co., Kg | System for ad hoc tracking of an object |
| WO2006061834A2 (en) * | 2004-12-07 | 2006-06-15 | Tylerton International Inc. | Device and method for training, rehabilitation and/or support |
| US20060277074A1 (en) * | 2004-12-07 | 2006-12-07 | Motorika, Inc. | Rehabilitation methods |
| CA2595895C (en) | 2005-02-02 | 2016-06-14 | Ossur Hf | Sensing systems and methods for monitoring gait dynamics |
| CA2601778C (en) * | 2005-02-02 | 2014-08-12 | Ossur Hf | Prosthetic and orthotic systems usable for rehabilitation |
| EP1850824B1 (en) * | 2005-02-04 | 2016-07-13 | Motorika Limited | Methods and apparatuses for rehabilitation and training |
| US20070055185A1 (en) * | 2005-03-07 | 2007-03-08 | Juvent Inc. | Dynamic motion therapy apparatus having a treatment feedback indicator |
| US20070043310A1 (en) * | 2005-03-07 | 2007-02-22 | Juvent Inc. | Method and apparatus for monitoring patient compliance during dynamic motion therapy |
| US20070021693A1 (en) * | 2005-03-07 | 2007-01-25 | Titi Trandafir | Dynamic motion therapy apparatus having a treatment feedback indicator |
| US8618930B2 (en) * | 2005-03-11 | 2013-12-31 | Aframe Digital, Inc. | Mobile wireless customizable health and condition monitor |
| US20060229164A1 (en) * | 2005-03-28 | 2006-10-12 | Tylertone International Inc. | Apparatuses for retrofitting exercise equipment and methods for using same |
| US20060287617A1 (en) * | 2005-06-20 | 2006-12-21 | Department Of Veterans Affairs | Autocite workstation and systems and methods therefor |
| WO2007030947A1 (en) * | 2005-09-16 | 2007-03-22 | Anthony Szturm | Mapping motion sensors to standard input devices |
| US7635324B2 (en) * | 2005-10-04 | 2009-12-22 | Anastasios Balis | Extensor muscle based postural rehabilitation systems and methods with integrated multimedia therapy and instructional components |
| JP2007097819A (en) * | 2005-10-04 | 2007-04-19 | Kashima Denshi Kk | Finger rehabilitation implement |
| KR101230536B1 (en) * | 2006-02-13 | 2013-02-06 | 한로봇 주식회사 | Arm-wrestling robot and the control method |
| JP2009527366A (en) * | 2006-02-24 | 2009-07-30 | フェルロボティクス コンプライアント ロボット テクノロジー ゲーエムベーハー | Robot arm |
| WO2007120819A2 (en) * | 2006-04-15 | 2007-10-25 | The Board Of Regents Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Systems and methods for estimating surface electromyography |
| US20070255115A1 (en) * | 2006-04-27 | 2007-11-01 | Anglin Richard L Jr | Remote diagnostic & treatment system |
| US7837599B2 (en) | 2006-05-11 | 2010-11-23 | Rehabtronics Inc. | Method and apparatus for automated delivery of therapeutic exercises of the upper extremity |
| WO2008000094A1 (en) * | 2006-06-30 | 2008-01-03 | Neil Siewert | Training tool |
| US8795210B2 (en) * | 2006-07-11 | 2014-08-05 | American Medical Innovations, L.L.C. | System and method for a low profile vibrating plate |
| JP4830715B2 (en) * | 2006-08-21 | 2011-12-07 | 沖電気工業株式会社 | Rehabilitation training system |
| KR20090082488A (en) * | 2006-11-15 | 2009-07-30 | 헤드웨이 리미티드 | Dynamic cradle, especially for treating head and neck pain |
| WO2008082818A2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2008-07-10 | Leo Dokshutsky | Wheelchair-accessible fitness system |
| US8864845B2 (en) | 2007-02-06 | 2014-10-21 | DEKA Limited Partnership | System for control of a prosthetic device |
| US8449624B2 (en) | 2007-02-06 | 2013-05-28 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Arm prosthetic device |
| US11779476B2 (en) | 2007-02-06 | 2023-10-10 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Arm prosthetic device |
| US10426638B2 (en) | 2007-02-06 | 2019-10-01 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Arm prosthetic device |
| EP2114315B1 (en) * | 2007-02-06 | 2016-05-18 | DEKA Products Limited Partnership | Arm prosthetic device |
| US8979943B2 (en) | 2007-02-06 | 2015-03-17 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Arm prosthetic device |
| US9381099B2 (en) | 2007-02-06 | 2016-07-05 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Arm prosthetic device |
| EP2114316B1 (en) * | 2007-02-06 | 2014-07-16 | DEKA Products Limited Partnership | Method and apparatus for control of a prosthetic |
| US9114030B2 (en) | 2007-02-06 | 2015-08-25 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | System for control of a prosthetic device |
| WO2008098053A1 (en) * | 2007-02-06 | 2008-08-14 | Deka Integrated Solutions Corp. | Dynamic support apparatus |
| JP5283401B2 (en) * | 2007-03-22 | 2013-09-04 | 国立大学法人 筑波大学 | Rehabilitation support device |
| WO2008134745A1 (en) * | 2007-04-30 | 2008-11-06 | Gesturetek, Inc. | Mobile video-based therapy |
| JP5326223B2 (en) * | 2007-05-14 | 2013-10-30 | 沖電気工業株式会社 | Robot for rehabilitation education |
| US20090131225A1 (en) * | 2007-08-15 | 2009-05-21 | Burdea Grigore C | Rehabilitation systems and methods |
| US11136234B2 (en) | 2007-08-15 | 2021-10-05 | Bright Cloud International Corporation | Rehabilitation systems and methods |
| EP2036486B1 (en) * | 2007-09-13 | 2014-01-15 | Hocoma AG | Rehabilitation system for neurological disorders |
| US10002545B2 (en) * | 2007-10-10 | 2018-06-19 | Jennifer Robin Hanners | System and method for controlling gaming technology, musical instruments and environmental settings via detection of neuromuscular activity |
| EP2052709A1 (en) * | 2007-10-24 | 2009-04-29 | ETH Zurich | System for arm therapy |
| ITKR20070004A1 (en) * | 2007-12-04 | 2009-06-05 | Istituto S Anna Di Ezio Puglie | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REHABILITATION |
| US20090287120A1 (en) * | 2007-12-18 | 2009-11-19 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Circulatory monitoring systems and methods |
| US20090292214A1 (en) * | 2008-05-22 | 2009-11-26 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Circulatory monitoring systems and methods |
| US20090287093A1 (en) * | 2008-05-15 | 2009-11-19 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Circulatory monitoring systems and methods |
| US20090287094A1 (en) * | 2008-05-15 | 2009-11-19 | Seacrete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Circulatory monitoring systems and methods |
| US20100036269A1 (en) * | 2008-08-07 | 2010-02-11 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Circulatory monitoring systems and methods |
| US8280484B2 (en) * | 2007-12-18 | 2012-10-02 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | System, devices, and methods for detecting occlusions in a biological subject |
| US20090292212A1 (en) * | 2008-05-20 | 2009-11-26 | Searete Llc, A Limited Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Circulatory monitoring systems and methods |
| US8636670B2 (en) * | 2008-05-13 | 2014-01-28 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Circulatory monitoring systems and methods |
| US20090287110A1 (en) * | 2008-05-14 | 2009-11-19 | Searete Llc | Circulatory monitoring systems and methods |
| US9672471B2 (en) * | 2007-12-18 | 2017-06-06 | Gearbox Llc | Systems, devices, and methods for detecting occlusions in a biological subject including spectral learning |
| US9717896B2 (en) * | 2007-12-18 | 2017-08-01 | Gearbox, Llc | Treatment indications informed by a priori implant information |
| US20090287191A1 (en) * | 2007-12-18 | 2009-11-19 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Circulatory monitoring systems and methods |
| US20100036209A1 (en) * | 2008-08-07 | 2010-02-11 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Circulatory monitoring systems and methods |
| US20090287101A1 (en) * | 2008-05-13 | 2009-11-19 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Circulatory monitoring systems and methods |
| US9460266B2 (en) * | 2008-02-21 | 2016-10-04 | Motorika Limited | System and a method for scoring functional abilities of a patient |
| JP2009213514A (en) * | 2008-03-07 | 2009-09-24 | Senoh Corp | Training machine |
| WO2009136319A1 (en) * | 2008-05-08 | 2009-11-12 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | System and method for training motion tasks of a person |
| US9358173B2 (en) | 2008-05-09 | 2016-06-07 | National Taiwan University | Rehabilitation and training apparatus and method of controlling the same |
| TWI354550B (en) * | 2008-05-09 | 2011-12-21 | Univ Nat Taiwan | Rehabilitating and training device and controlling |
| US20110165995A1 (en) * | 2008-08-22 | 2011-07-07 | David Paulus | Computer controlled exercise equipment apparatus and method of use thereof |
| US20110165997A1 (en) * | 2008-08-22 | 2011-07-07 | Alton Reich | Rotary exercise equipment apparatus and method of use thereof |
| US20110172058A1 (en) * | 2008-08-22 | 2011-07-14 | Stelu Deaconu | Variable resistance adaptive exercise apparatus and method of use thereof |
| US9144709B2 (en) | 2008-08-22 | 2015-09-29 | Alton Reich | Adaptive motor resistance video game exercise apparatus and method of use thereof |
| US9272186B2 (en) | 2008-08-22 | 2016-03-01 | Alton Reich | Remote adaptive motor resistance training exercise apparatus and method of use thereof |
| WO2010040416A1 (en) * | 2008-10-10 | 2010-04-15 | Fundacion Fatronik | Universal haptic drive system |
| EP2349500B1 (en) * | 2008-11-19 | 2018-08-29 | Callaghan Innovation | Exercise device and system |
| AU2009323082A1 (en) * | 2008-12-02 | 2010-06-10 | Industrial Research Limited | Arm exercise device and system |
| FR2939687B1 (en) * | 2008-12-11 | 2016-04-15 | Marc Champsaur | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING MUSCLE EXERCISE APPARATUS AND / OR ARTICULAR EXERCISE APPARATUS |
| US8924010B2 (en) * | 2009-02-13 | 2014-12-30 | Hocoma Ag | Method to control a robot device and robot device |
| US8351770B2 (en) * | 2009-03-16 | 2013-01-08 | Raytheon Company | Imaging station and method for repeatable alignment of images |
| US20100255452A1 (en) * | 2009-04-06 | 2010-10-07 | Coffey Kenneth W | Rehabilitation and training device and methods |
| CA2761806C (en) * | 2009-04-13 | 2017-08-15 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | System and apparatus for orientation control |
| US20110004048A1 (en) * | 2009-07-03 | 2011-01-06 | Henry Brunelle | Therapy devices and domestic/commercial therapy system |
| US8187152B2 (en) * | 2009-09-18 | 2012-05-29 | Consultant En Ergonomie Et En Mieux-Etre Du Saguenay Inc. | Rehabilitation system and method using muscle feedback |
| US8738228B2 (en) | 2009-10-30 | 2014-05-27 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Vehicle and method of tuning performance of same |
| SI23206A (en) * | 2009-11-06 | 2011-05-31 | Univerza V Ljubljani | Device for practicing the muscle-skeleton nervous system |
| US10186163B1 (en) * | 2009-11-25 | 2019-01-22 | Peter D. Letterese | System and method for reducing stress and/or pain |
| US8435274B2 (en) * | 2009-11-26 | 2013-05-07 | 2035, Inc. | Arthritic symptom relief through a laser based medical instrument |
| WO2011070322A1 (en) * | 2009-12-08 | 2011-06-16 | The University Of Leeds | An interactive rehabilitation computer peripheral system |
| WO2011073989A1 (en) | 2009-12-17 | 2011-06-23 | Headway Ltd. | "teach and repeat" method and apparatus for physiotherapeutic applications |
| US9522316B2 (en) * | 2010-02-12 | 2016-12-20 | Bright Cloud International Corp. | Instrumented therapy table and system |
| WO2011120985A2 (en) * | 2010-03-30 | 2011-10-06 | Enraf-Nonius B.V. | Physiotherapy apparatus |
| WO2011127410A2 (en) | 2010-04-09 | 2011-10-13 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | System and apparatus for robotic device and methods of using thereof |
| US20130158445A1 (en) * | 2010-08-23 | 2013-06-20 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Orthesis system and methods for control of exoskeletons |
| CA2812127C (en) * | 2010-09-17 | 2017-11-28 | Ekso Bionics | Human machine interface for human exoskeleton |
| WO2012048123A1 (en) | 2010-10-06 | 2012-04-12 | Berkeley Bionics | Human machine interfaces for lower extremity orthotics |
| US20120117510A1 (en) * | 2010-11-05 | 2012-05-10 | Xerox Corporation | System and method for automatically establishing a concurrent data connection with respect to the voice dial features of a communications device |
| US8924218B2 (en) * | 2010-11-29 | 2014-12-30 | Greg L. Corpier | Automated personal assistance system |
| US10271768B1 (en) * | 2010-12-23 | 2019-04-30 | Jogohealth Inc. | Method for determining rehab protocol and behavior shaping target for rehabilitation of neuromuscular disorders |
| WO2012117481A1 (en) * | 2011-02-28 | 2012-09-07 | 村田機械株式会社 | Upper limb exercising device |
| WO2012117480A1 (en) * | 2011-02-28 | 2012-09-07 | 村田機械株式会社 | Upper limb training device |
| WO2012117484A1 (en) * | 2011-02-28 | 2012-09-07 | 村田機械株式会社 | Upper limb exercising device |
| US9554966B2 (en) | 2011-02-28 | 2017-01-31 | Murata Machinery, Ltd. | Upper limb training apparatus |
| JP5772947B2 (en) * | 2011-02-28 | 2015-09-02 | 村田機械株式会社 | Upper limb training device |
| WO2012117487A1 (en) * | 2011-02-28 | 2012-09-07 | 村田機械株式会社 | Upper limb exercising device |
| JP5630561B2 (en) * | 2011-02-28 | 2014-11-26 | 村田機械株式会社 | Upper limb training device |
| US20130338549A1 (en) * | 2011-02-28 | 2013-12-19 | Murata Machinery, Ltd. | Upper Limb Training Apparatus |
| WO2012117486A1 (en) * | 2011-02-28 | 2012-09-07 | 村田機械株式会社 | Upper limb training device |
| FR2973711B1 (en) * | 2011-04-07 | 2013-04-12 | Mauricio Ortiz | DEVICE FOR AIDING THE REHABILITATION OF MOTRICITY OF WRIST AND HAND IN CHILDREN |
| EP2510985A1 (en) | 2011-04-11 | 2012-10-17 | CoRehab s.r.l. | System and methods to remotely and asynchronously interact with rehabilitation video-games |
| US20120329611A1 (en) * | 2011-06-23 | 2012-12-27 | Marc Bouchard | Motorized Lower Body Rehabilitation Device and Method |
| US20130009944A1 (en) * | 2011-07-06 | 2013-01-10 | BrainDistrict | 3D computer graphics object and method |
| US11133096B2 (en) | 2011-08-08 | 2021-09-28 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Method for non-invasive motion tracking to augment patient administered physical rehabilitation |
| KR101755704B1 (en) | 2011-08-23 | 2017-07-10 | 현대자동차주식회사 | Method for strengthening muscular strength and athletic equipment using the same |
| US8827718B2 (en) * | 2011-10-25 | 2014-09-09 | I-Shou University | Motor coordination testing device |
| US20130108995A1 (en) * | 2011-10-31 | 2013-05-02 | C&D Research Group LLC. | System and method for monitoring and influencing body position |
| US20130310717A1 (en) * | 2011-12-05 | 2013-11-21 | Northeastern University | Customized, mechanically-assistive rehabilitation apparatus and method for distal extremities of the upper and lower regions |
| US9168418B2 (en) | 2011-12-30 | 2015-10-27 | Lawrence G. Adamchick | Portable physical therapy/rehabilitation/exercise device, system and method |
| EP2613276A1 (en) * | 2012-01-04 | 2013-07-10 | Gabriele Ceruti | Method and apparatus for neuromotor rehabilitation using interactive setting systems |
| CN103190884B (en) * | 2012-01-09 | 2015-01-28 | 上海理工大学 | Sit-down and stand-up function assessing and training system |
| US8775001B2 (en) * | 2012-02-17 | 2014-07-08 | Alan C. Phillips | Motorized wheelchair interlock |
| WO2013142777A1 (en) * | 2012-03-22 | 2013-09-26 | Ekso Bionics, Inc. | Human machine interface for lower extremity orthotics |
| US9907721B2 (en) * | 2012-03-29 | 2018-03-06 | GaitTronics inc. | Control system and device for patient assist |
| JP6218146B2 (en) * | 2012-05-09 | 2017-10-25 | 学校法人産業医科大学 | Exercise training equipment |
| US9268405B2 (en) * | 2012-06-15 | 2016-02-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Adaptive gesture-based method, system and computer program product for preventing and rehabilitating an injury |
| USD740075S1 (en) * | 2012-06-21 | 2015-10-06 | Desin, Llc | Base for a self-feeding device for an individual |
| USD740071S1 (en) * | 2012-06-21 | 2015-10-06 | Desin, Llc | Self-feeding device for an individual |
| US9320670B2 (en) * | 2012-07-13 | 2016-04-26 | Roger A Spade | Method and apparatus for rehabilitation of individual after knee replacement |
| US9849333B2 (en) * | 2012-08-31 | 2017-12-26 | Blue Goji Llc | Variable-resistance exercise machine with wireless communication for smart device control and virtual reality applications |
| US11191996B2 (en) | 2012-08-31 | 2021-12-07 | Blue Goji Llc | Body joystick for interacting with virtual reality or mixed reality machines or software applications |
| US10549153B2 (en) * | 2012-08-31 | 2020-02-04 | Blue Goji Llc | Virtual reality and mixed reality enhanced elliptical exercise trainer |
| US11465014B2 (en) * | 2012-08-31 | 2022-10-11 | Blue Goji Llc | Body joystick for interacting with virtual reality or mixed reality machines or software applications with brainwave entrainment |
| US20140094721A1 (en) * | 2012-09-28 | 2014-04-03 | Ibrahima Diallo | Device and Method for Knee Rehabilitation |
| US10004660B2 (en) | 2012-11-23 | 2018-06-26 | Flinders University Of South Australia | Method of therapy and haptic gaming system for sensory agnosia |
| US20150290071A1 (en) * | 2012-11-30 | 2015-10-15 | Northeastern University | Multiple Degree of Freedom Portable Rehabilitation System Having DC Motor-Based, Multi-Mode Actuator |
| ES2889752T3 (en) | 2013-01-21 | 2022-01-13 | Cala Health Inc | Devices and methods to control tremors |
| US12453853B2 (en) | 2013-01-21 | 2025-10-28 | Cala Health, Inc. | Multi-modal stimulation for treating tremor |
| US20140255890A1 (en) * | 2013-03-07 | 2014-09-11 | Hill-Rom Services, Inc. | Patient support apparatus with physical therapy system |
| JP6940948B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2021-09-29 | エクソ・バイオニクス,インコーポレーテッド | Powered orthodontic appliance system for collaborative ground rehabilitation |
| US10034813B1 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2018-07-31 | Alan H. Silver | System and method for a deep tissue massager |
| US9539118B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-01-10 | Neurolutions, Inc. | Brain-controlled body movement assistance devices and methods |
| US9390630B2 (en) * | 2013-05-03 | 2016-07-12 | John James Daniels | Accelerated learning, entertainment and cognitive therapy using augmented reality comprising combined haptic, auditory, and visual stimulation |
| JP6210363B2 (en) * | 2013-05-24 | 2017-10-11 | 株式会社安川電機 | Training equipment |
| JP6229969B2 (en) * | 2013-06-28 | 2017-11-15 | 株式会社スペース・バイオ・ラボラトリーズ | Walking training support device, walking training support system and program |
| CN103431976B (en) * | 2013-07-19 | 2016-05-04 | 燕山大学 | Based on lower limb rehabilitation robot system and the control method thereof of electromyographic signal feedback |
| DE102013218823A1 (en) * | 2013-09-19 | 2015-04-02 | Kuka Laboratories Gmbh | Method for manually adjusting the pose of a manipulator arm of an industrial robot and associated industrial robots |
| CA2957825C (en) | 2013-09-27 | 2023-03-21 | Barrett Technology, Inc. | Multi-active-axis, non-exoskeletal rehabilitation device |
| US12447089B2 (en) | 2013-09-27 | 2025-10-21 | Barrett Technology, Llc | Multi-active-axis, non-exoskeletal robotic rehabilitation device |
| US12350830B2 (en) | 2013-09-27 | 2025-07-08 | Barrett Technology, Llc | Multi-active-axis, non-exoskeletal rehabilitation device |
| JP6201126B2 (en) * | 2013-11-07 | 2017-09-27 | 株式会社人機一体 | Master-slave system |
| JP6114837B2 (en) * | 2013-11-14 | 2017-04-12 | 村田機械株式会社 | Training equipment |
| JP6114836B2 (en) * | 2013-11-14 | 2017-04-12 | 村田機械株式会社 | Training equipment |
| DE102013223603A1 (en) * | 2013-11-19 | 2015-05-21 | Ferrobotics Compliant Robot Technology Gmbh | robot arm |
| EP3140013A1 (en) * | 2013-11-26 | 2017-03-15 | Impur S.r.l. | Fitness exercise for the handicapped and the able-bodied |
| US9297898B1 (en) * | 2014-01-27 | 2016-03-29 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy | Acousto-optical method of encoding and visualization of underwater space |
| US9844871B2 (en) | 2014-03-05 | 2017-12-19 | BlueSky Designs, Inc. | Automated mounting and positioning apparatus for increased user independence |
| JP2015173829A (en) * | 2014-03-14 | 2015-10-05 | 株式会社東芝 | Driving apparatus and driving method |
| CN106462243B (en) * | 2014-03-24 | 2019-11-22 | 直观外科手术操作公司 | Systems and methods for virtual feedback on haptic devices |
| EP2923683A1 (en) * | 2014-03-27 | 2015-09-30 | Université Catholique De Louvain | Upper limbs rehabilitating, monitoring and/or evaluating interactive device |
| CN103876756A (en) * | 2014-04-18 | 2014-06-25 | 南京工程学院 | Lower limb power-assisted exoskeleton robot gait pattern identification method and system |
| US9265685B1 (en) * | 2014-05-01 | 2016-02-23 | University Of South Florida | Compliant bimanual rehabilitation device and method of use thereof |
| US12220243B2 (en) | 2014-05-24 | 2025-02-11 | The Governors Of The University Of Alberta | Systems and methods for diagnosis and treatment of swallowing disorders with gamification |
| WO2015179950A1 (en) * | 2014-05-24 | 2015-12-03 | Rieger Jana Maureen | Systems and methods for diagnosis and treatment of swallowing disorders |
| BR112016025203B1 (en) | 2014-06-02 | 2022-09-06 | Cala Health, Inc | TRANSCUTANEOUS SYSTEM TO TREAT A PATIENT SUFFERING FROM TREMOR |
| US9814934B2 (en) * | 2014-06-11 | 2017-11-14 | Brian Alexander Mabrey | Baseline attenuated muscle (BAM) method |
| US9718187B2 (en) * | 2014-06-11 | 2017-08-01 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Robot controlling method, robot apparatus, program, recording medium, and method for manufacturing assembly component |
| JPWO2015199086A1 (en) * | 2014-06-23 | 2017-06-22 | Cyberdyne株式会社 | Motion reproduction system and motion reproduction device |
| JP6656151B2 (en) * | 2014-07-03 | 2020-03-04 | 帝人ファーマ株式会社 | Rehabilitation support device and control program for rehabilitation support device |
| CN104363982B (en) * | 2014-07-15 | 2018-02-02 | 中国科学院自动化研究所 | Upper limb rehabilitation robot system |
| US10869804B2 (en) * | 2014-07-23 | 2020-12-22 | Agency For Science, Technology And Research | Method and system for using haptic device and brain-computer interface for rehabilitation |
| JP6140114B2 (en) * | 2014-07-31 | 2017-05-31 | ファナック株式会社 | Mobile human cooperative robot |
| WO2016025440A1 (en) * | 2014-08-12 | 2016-02-18 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Detecting uncontrolled movement |
| US20160059077A1 (en) * | 2014-08-27 | 2016-03-03 | University Of Utah Research Foundation | Exercise therapy and rehabilitation system and method |
| US10376734B1 (en) * | 2014-09-07 | 2019-08-13 | Eli Razon | Gait training exercise and analysis systems for body support systems with adjustable user body weight force |
| US20160151232A1 (en) * | 2014-09-22 | 2016-06-02 | Respirtech | Hfcc therapy system providing device adherence data |
| US10654174B2 (en) * | 2014-10-28 | 2020-05-19 | Festo Se & Co. Kg | Universal end of arm robot tool |
| ES2909477T3 (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2022-05-06 | Teijin Pharma Ltd | Training device and method for correcting force component signals |
| US11052010B2 (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2021-07-06 | Murata Machinery, Ltd. | Training device and method for correcting force |
| JP6561452B2 (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2019-08-21 | 村田機械株式会社 | Training apparatus, calculation method, and program |
| JP6341057B2 (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2018-06-13 | 村田機械株式会社 | Training equipment |
| WO2016077442A1 (en) | 2014-11-11 | 2016-05-19 | Ekso Bionics, Inc. | Methods of enhancing the rehabilitation or training of an exoskeleton wearer |
| US9604094B2 (en) * | 2014-11-13 | 2017-03-28 | Antranik Kosyan | Portable exercise machine |
| NO3136729T3 (en) * | 2014-11-17 | 2018-06-16 | ||
| US9999561B2 (en) * | 2014-11-26 | 2018-06-19 | Carol Nelson | Shoulder and/or knee physical therapy and range of motion device |
| US20160193495A1 (en) * | 2014-11-26 | 2016-07-07 | Carol Nelson | Physical Therapy and Range of Motion Device |
| US9375853B1 (en) * | 2014-12-03 | 2016-06-28 | Google Inc. | Methods and systems to provide feedback based on a motion per path metric indicative of an effect of motion associated with components of a robotic device |
| US9592608B1 (en) * | 2014-12-15 | 2017-03-14 | X Development Llc | Methods and systems for providing feedback during teach mode |
| US10286253B1 (en) * | 2015-01-02 | 2019-05-14 | Keith Emery Johnson | Reciprocating dynamometer to assess human physical capacity and muscle composition |
| US20180289577A1 (en) * | 2015-01-18 | 2018-10-11 | Calabrian High Tech Srl | Six Degrees of Freedom Self Balanced Hybrid Serial-Parallel Robotic Systemfor Rehabilitation of Upper and Lower Limbs, Left and Right |
| WO2016117998A1 (en) * | 2015-01-20 | 2016-07-28 | Universiti Teknologi Malaysia (Utm) | A robot-assisted therapy system |
| WO2016153931A1 (en) | 2015-03-20 | 2016-09-29 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Systems and methods for assessing and training wrist joint proprioceptive function |
| FR3034213B1 (en) * | 2015-03-24 | 2018-06-01 | Insa De Rennes | METHOD FOR IMPROVED CORRECTION OF A TRACK IN A DEVICE FOR AIDING THE MOVEMENT OF PEOPLE |
| ES1138656Y (en) * | 2015-04-09 | 2015-07-16 | Synergy Movement Technologies 3 000 S L | DEVICE FOR THE CONTROL OF A PHYSICAL TRAINING |
| CN104758142B (en) * | 2015-04-10 | 2017-06-27 | 电子科技大学 | A kind of power-assisted exoskeleton robot |
| US10437335B2 (en) | 2015-04-14 | 2019-10-08 | John James Daniels | Wearable electronic, multi-sensory, human/machine, human/human interfaces |
| EP3085351A1 (en) * | 2015-04-21 | 2016-10-26 | Lambda Health System SA | Motorized exercise device and methods of exercise learning |
| CN107613937B (en) * | 2015-05-05 | 2020-11-10 | 埃克苏仿生公司 | Ensuring operator engagement in an exoskeleton bionic device |
| KR101694465B1 (en) * | 2015-05-07 | 2017-01-10 | 재단법인대구경북과학기술원 | Active type dining assistive device |
| CN107847730B (en) | 2015-06-10 | 2021-03-16 | 卡拉健康公司 | System and method for peripheral nerve stimulation to treat tremor with a detachable therapy and monitoring unit |
| US11957635B2 (en) | 2015-06-20 | 2024-04-16 | Therabody, Inc. | Percussive therapy device with variable amplitude |
| US10909884B2 (en) * | 2015-06-22 | 2021-02-02 | Applied Minds, Llc | Electronically adjustable joint, and associated systems and methods |
| US10736544B2 (en) | 2015-09-09 | 2020-08-11 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Systems and methods for facilitating rehabilitation therapy |
| US10475352B2 (en) * | 2015-09-09 | 2019-11-12 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Systems and methods for facilitating rehabilitation therapy |
| WO2017050961A1 (en) * | 2015-09-23 | 2017-03-30 | Université Catholique de Louvain | Rehabilitation system and method |
| WO2017053847A1 (en) | 2015-09-23 | 2017-03-30 | Cala Health, Inc. | Systems and methods for peripheral nerve stimulation in the finger or hand to treat hand tremors |
| DE102015221337A1 (en) * | 2015-10-30 | 2017-05-04 | Keba Ag | Method and control system for controlling the movements of articulated arms of an industrial robot as well as motion specification means used thereby |
| US20170177833A1 (en) * | 2015-12-22 | 2017-06-22 | Intel Corporation | Smart placement of devices for implicit triggering of feedbacks relating to users' physical activities |
| US9919422B1 (en) | 2016-01-06 | 2018-03-20 | X Development Llc | Methods and systems to provide mechanical feedback during movement of a robotic system |
| EP3405251A4 (en) | 2016-01-21 | 2019-08-28 | Cala Health, Inc. | PERIPHERAL NEUROMODULATION SYSTEMS, METHODS AND DEVICES FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISEASES ASSOCIATED WITH VESIC HYPERACTIVITY |
| US20170246506A1 (en) * | 2016-02-25 | 2017-08-31 | Barrett Productions, LLC | Resistive therapeutic wrist dynamometer and exerciser device |
| US10456078B2 (en) * | 2016-03-03 | 2019-10-29 | Chandrasekaran Jayaraman | Wearable device and system for preventative health care for repetitive strain injuries |
| US10071286B1 (en) * | 2016-03-24 | 2018-09-11 | Brunswick Corporation | Systems and methods for determining and indicating a desired corrective change in exercise technique |
| US10118073B2 (en) | 2016-04-04 | 2018-11-06 | Worldpro Group, LLC | Interactive apparatus and methods for muscle strengthening |
| JP6418652B2 (en) * | 2016-04-22 | 2018-11-07 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Upper limb rehabilitation support apparatus and method for operating the same |
| US10384092B1 (en) * | 2016-05-07 | 2019-08-20 | Gregory Karapetian | Isometric exercise device |
| KR101864709B1 (en) * | 2016-05-10 | 2018-06-07 | 한국과학기술연구원 | Device for Upper-limb rehabilitation |
| WO2017204586A1 (en) * | 2016-05-27 | 2017-11-30 | 주식회사 네오펙트 | Rehabilitation training apparatus |
| KR101744047B1 (en) | 2016-05-27 | 2017-06-07 | 주식회사 네오펙트 | Rehabilitation training apparatus |
| KR101898092B1 (en) * | 2016-06-17 | 2018-09-12 | 주식회사 뉴로메카 | Controller for controlling multi dof robot end effector, control method for controlling multi dof robot using said controller and robot operated by said controller |
| US9861856B1 (en) | 2016-06-21 | 2018-01-09 | Boston Biomotion, Inc. | Computerized exercise apparatus |
| ES2870671T3 (en) * | 2016-06-29 | 2021-10-27 | Fundacion Tecnalia Res & Innovation | Portable device for the rehabilitation of the upper limbs |
| US20180207047A1 (en) * | 2016-06-30 | 2018-07-26 | Shanghai Fourier Intelligence Co., Ltd. | Upper limb rehabilitation training machine |
| AU2017293799B2 (en) | 2016-07-08 | 2022-10-20 | Cala Health, Inc. | Systems and methods for stimulating n nerves with exactly n electrodes and improved dry electrodes |
| CN106039654A (en) * | 2016-08-09 | 2016-10-26 | 广州晓康医疗科技有限公司 | Upper limb rehabilitation training method based on virtual driving experience |
| EP3503959A4 (en) | 2016-08-25 | 2020-01-15 | Cala Health, Inc. | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TREATING CARDIAL DYSFUNCTION BY PERIPHERAL NERVOUS STIMULATION |
| US10426267B2 (en) * | 2016-09-09 | 2019-10-01 | Steelcase Inc. | Office systems with shape memory materials |
| JP6437497B2 (en) * | 2016-09-13 | 2018-12-12 | 本田技研工業株式会社 | floating joint |
| BR102016022139B1 (en) * | 2016-09-26 | 2020-12-08 | Antonio Massato Makiyama | equipment for motor rehabilitation of upper and lower limbs |
| JP6870264B2 (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2021-05-12 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Exercise training equipment and programs |
| US10434643B1 (en) * | 2016-10-25 | 2019-10-08 | X Development Llc | Grounded SEA actuator |
| US11229787B2 (en) | 2016-11-25 | 2022-01-25 | Kinaptic, LLC | Haptic human machine interface and wearable electronics methods and apparatus |
| US10810907B2 (en) | 2016-12-19 | 2020-10-20 | National Board Of Medical Examiners | Medical training and performance assessment instruments, methods, and systems |
| US20180225985A1 (en) * | 2017-02-06 | 2018-08-09 | Dusan Damjanovic | Operator readiness testing and tracking system |
| AU2018220845B2 (en) * | 2017-02-14 | 2023-11-23 | Applied Medical Resources Corporation | Laparoscopic training system |
| JP6897177B2 (en) * | 2017-03-10 | 2021-06-30 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Computer programs for training equipment that can be used for rehabilitation and training equipment that can be used for rehabilitation |
| US10639510B2 (en) * | 2017-03-20 | 2020-05-05 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Human musculoskeletal support and training system methods and devices |
| EP3606604A4 (en) | 2017-04-03 | 2020-12-16 | Cala Health, Inc. | SYSTEMS, METHODS AND DEVICES FOR PERIPHERAL NEUROMODULATION FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISEASES RELATED TO OVERACTIVE BLADDER |
| US11090528B2 (en) | 2017-05-04 | 2021-08-17 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Robotic physical therapy systems and data analysis of user interactions |
| AU2018273807B2 (en) * | 2017-05-26 | 2023-12-14 | The University Of Melbourne | Electromechanical robotic manipulandum device |
| RU2692535C1 (en) * | 2017-06-05 | 2019-06-25 | Общество с ограниченной ответственностью "БИОТЕХПРОДАКТС" | Method of rehabilitation and recovery of motor activity under audiovisual self-control |
| KR102050074B1 (en) * | 2017-06-09 | 2019-11-28 | (주)젠아트 | Damping actuating apparatus and rehabitlitation training apparatus using same it |
| JP6506348B2 (en) * | 2017-06-14 | 2019-04-24 | ファナック株式会社 | Robot teaching device to correct robot's trajectory |
| DE102017114290A1 (en) * | 2017-06-27 | 2018-12-27 | ReActive Robotics GmbH | Measuring method and device for determining the length ratios, the position and / or the radius of movement of the lower extremities of a bedridden patient |
| US11154750B2 (en) * | 2017-06-30 | 2021-10-26 | Marquette University | Motor assisted split-crank pedaling device |
| EP4159609B1 (en) | 2017-06-30 | 2025-10-01 | Marquette University | Motor assisted split-crank pedaling device |
| US11357690B2 (en) * | 2017-07-18 | 2022-06-14 | Beable Health Pvt Ltd | Apparatuses for arm exercise |
| US20190184574A1 (en) * | 2017-09-13 | 2019-06-20 | Chao-Wei CHEN | Systems and methods for automated rehabilitation |
| EP3684463B1 (en) | 2017-09-19 | 2025-05-14 | Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC | Method and apparatus for neuroenhancement |
| ES2790402T3 (en) * | 2017-10-06 | 2020-10-27 | Simplana Gmbh | Support device and its operating procedure |
| WO2019075567A1 (en) * | 2017-10-18 | 2019-04-25 | Johnson Vineet Benjamin K | System and method for providing indirect movement feedback during sensorimotor function rehabilitation and enhancement |
| CN111447909A (en) | 2017-10-18 | 2020-07-24 | 西安大略大学 | Electric rehabilitation device |
| US10888732B2 (en) | 2017-11-01 | 2021-01-12 | Proteus Motion Inc. | Exercise device limb interface |
| US11717686B2 (en) | 2017-12-04 | 2023-08-08 | Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC | Method and apparatus for neuroenhancement to facilitate learning and performance |
| US11234781B2 (en) | 2017-12-31 | 2022-02-01 | Asensus Surgical Us, Inc. | Dynamic control of surgical instruments in a surgical robotic system |
| US12280219B2 (en) | 2017-12-31 | 2025-04-22 | NeuroLight, Inc. | Method and apparatus for neuroenhancement to enhance emotional response |
| EP3731749B1 (en) | 2017-12-31 | 2025-07-09 | Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC | System for neuroenhancement to enhance emotional response |
| EP3740274A4 (en) | 2018-01-17 | 2021-10-27 | Cala Health, Inc. | Systems and methods for treating inflammatory bowel disease through peripheral nerve stimulation |
| WO2019160179A1 (en) * | 2018-02-14 | 2019-08-22 | ㈜리얼감 | Interface device |
| US11210961B2 (en) | 2018-03-12 | 2021-12-28 | Neurological Rehabilitation Virtual Reality, LLC | Systems and methods for neural pathways creation/reinforcement by neural detection with virtual feedback |
| CN108523908B (en) * | 2018-04-03 | 2020-12-11 | 丽水学院 | A device for measuring the pulling force of frog limbs |
| IT201800004667A1 (en) | 2018-04-18 | 2019-10-18 | Cooperation system between wheelchair and exercise equipment | |
| US11364361B2 (en) | 2018-04-20 | 2022-06-21 | Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC | System and method for inducing sleep by transplanting mental states |
| US10705596B2 (en) * | 2018-05-09 | 2020-07-07 | Neurolofical Rehabilitation Virtual Reality, LLC | Systems and methods for responsively adaptable virtual environments |
| US20190354183A1 (en) * | 2018-05-16 | 2019-11-21 | Immersion Corporation | Kinesthetic feedback to virtual and augmented reality controllers |
| US10610444B2 (en) * | 2018-05-30 | 2020-04-07 | Gary Hill | Massage system |
| US11099632B2 (en) | 2018-07-09 | 2021-08-24 | Xr Health Il Ltd | Systems and methods for guiding and measuring neck and shoulder protraction and retraction motions in virtual/augmented reality |
| US11426618B2 (en) * | 2018-08-14 | 2022-08-30 | Tonal Systems, Inc. | Racking and unracking exercise machine |
| JP7475620B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2024-04-30 | オージー技研株式会社 | Motor function recovery training device |
| US11266868B2 (en) | 2018-09-04 | 2022-03-08 | John Ronan | Muscle stimulation device |
| CA3112564A1 (en) | 2018-09-14 | 2020-03-19 | Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC | System and method of improving sleep |
| HUP1800354A1 (en) * | 2018-10-17 | 2020-04-28 | Gyoergy Vasvari | Method for increasing physical activity |
| KR102090765B1 (en) * | 2018-11-30 | 2020-03-18 | 대한민국(관리청: 특허청장, 승계청: 국립재활원장) | device for bilateral upper extremity motor function rehabilitation and assessment |
| CN109568095B (en) * | 2018-12-04 | 2021-12-14 | 海南元视明科技有限公司 | Rehabilitation training device for correcting eyesight |
| CN109364434A (en) * | 2018-12-11 | 2019-02-22 | 江苏苏云医疗器材有限公司 | A kind of musculi colli rehabilitation training equipment |
| US12064387B2 (en) | 2018-12-26 | 2024-08-20 | Therabody, Inc. | Percussive therapy device with electrically connected attachment |
| US11357697B2 (en) * | 2018-12-26 | 2022-06-14 | Therabody, Inc. | Percussive therapy device |
| US10940081B2 (en) | 2019-05-07 | 2021-03-09 | Theragun, Inc. | Percussive massage device with force meter |
| US11890253B2 (en) | 2018-12-26 | 2024-02-06 | Therabody, Inc. | Percussive therapy device with interchangeable modules |
| US11517381B2 (en) * | 2019-01-01 | 2022-12-06 | Asensus Surgical Us, Inc. | Interchangeable input handles for a surgeon console of a robotic surgical system |
| US12035206B2 (en) | 2019-01-13 | 2024-07-09 | Kinaptic, LLC | Fabric, connections and functional structures for wearable electronic garments and applications for the same |
| KR102246686B1 (en) * | 2019-02-26 | 2021-04-30 | 한국과학기술원 | Muscle synergy measurement system and method for analysis using the same |
| US11541274B2 (en) | 2019-03-11 | 2023-01-03 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System, method and apparatus for electrically actuated pedal for an exercise or rehabilitation machine |
| US12083380B2 (en) | 2019-03-11 | 2024-09-10 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Bendable sensor device for monitoring joint extension and flexion |
| JP7081540B2 (en) * | 2019-03-15 | 2022-06-07 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Balance training equipment, control methods and programs |
| WO2020209743A1 (en) * | 2019-04-10 | 2020-10-15 | Мария Сергеевна АШАПКИНА | Method for rehabilitating and restoring physical activity under audiovisual self-control |
| US11998504B2 (en) | 2019-05-07 | 2024-06-04 | Therabody, Inc. | Chair including percussive massage therapy |
| US11813221B2 (en) | 2019-05-07 | 2023-11-14 | Therabody, Inc. | Portable percussive massage device |
| WO2020224731A1 (en) * | 2019-05-08 | 2020-11-12 | Life Science Robotics Aps | Rehabilitation robot |
| US11904207B2 (en) | 2019-05-10 | 2024-02-20 | Rehab2Fit Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for using artificial intelligence to present a user interface representing a user's progress in various domains |
| US11957956B2 (en) | 2019-05-10 | 2024-04-16 | Rehab2Fit Technologies, Inc. | System, method and apparatus for rehabilitation and exercise |
| US11801423B2 (en) | 2019-05-10 | 2023-10-31 | Rehab2Fit Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for using artificial intelligence to interact with a user of an exercise device during an exercise session |
| US11957960B2 (en) | 2019-05-10 | 2024-04-16 | Rehab2Fit Technologies Inc. | Method and system for using artificial intelligence to adjust pedal resistance |
| US12102878B2 (en) | 2019-05-10 | 2024-10-01 | Rehab2Fit Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for using artificial intelligence to determine a user's progress during interval training |
| US11433276B2 (en) | 2019-05-10 | 2022-09-06 | Rehab2Fit Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for using artificial intelligence to independently adjust resistance of pedals based on leg strength |
| JP7445276B2 (en) * | 2019-05-13 | 2024-03-07 | 学校法人北里研究所 | Rehabilitation support system |
| US11786694B2 (en) | 2019-05-24 | 2023-10-17 | NeuroLight, Inc. | Device, method, and app for facilitating sleep |
| WO2020245762A1 (en) | 2019-06-07 | 2020-12-10 | Osind Medi Tech Private Limited | A self driven rehabilitation device and method thereof |
| WO2020257130A1 (en) * | 2019-06-16 | 2020-12-24 | Riveron Rudy Alexander | Treatment force application device |
| US11896540B2 (en) | 2019-06-24 | 2024-02-13 | Rehab2Fit Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for implementing an exercise protocol for osteogenesis and/or muscular hypertrophy |
| JP7200851B2 (en) * | 2019-06-27 | 2023-01-10 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | LEARNING DEVICE, REHABILITATION SUPPORT SYSTEM, METHOD, PROGRAM, AND LEARNED MODEL |
| JP7124796B2 (en) * | 2019-06-27 | 2022-08-24 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Rehabilitation support system, method of operating rehabilitation support device, and rehabilitation support program |
| US10786181B1 (en) | 2019-07-23 | 2020-09-29 | John D Echols | Goniometer |
| JP6714285B1 (en) * | 2019-07-31 | 2020-06-24 | 株式会社mediVR | Rehabilitation support device and rehabilitation support method |
| US12251560B1 (en) | 2019-08-13 | 2025-03-18 | Cala Health, Inc. | Connection quality determination for wearable neurostimulation systems |
| US11071597B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2021-07-27 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Telemedicine for orthopedic treatment |
| US12402804B2 (en) | 2019-09-17 | 2025-09-02 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Wearable device for coupling to a user, and measuring and monitoring user activity |
| CN110664587B (en) * | 2019-09-30 | 2021-11-05 | 太原理工大学 | A spherical parallel wrist rehabilitation robot |
| US20220331663A1 (en) * | 2019-10-03 | 2022-10-20 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and Method for Using an Artificial Intelligence Engine to Anonymize Competitive Performance Rankings in a Rehabilitation Setting |
| US11069436B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2021-07-20 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and method for use of telemedicine-enabled rehabilitative hardware and for encouraging rehabilitative compliance through patient-based virtual shared sessions with patient-enabled mutual encouragement across simulated social networks |
| US11317975B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2022-05-03 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for treating patients via telemedicine using sensor data from rehabilitation or exercise equipment |
| US12420145B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2025-09-23 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods of using artificial intelligence and machine learning for generating alignment plans to align a user with an imaging sensor during a treatment session |
| US11101028B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2021-08-24 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Method and system using artificial intelligence to monitor user characteristics during a telemedicine session |
| US12150792B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2024-11-26 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Augmented reality placement of goniometer or other sensors |
| US12154672B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2024-11-26 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for implementing dynamic treatment environments based on patient information |
| US11955220B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2024-04-09 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and method for using AI/ML and telemedicine for invasive surgical treatment to determine a cardiac treatment plan that uses an electromechanical machine |
| US12020799B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2024-06-25 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Rowing machines, systems including rowing machines, and methods for using rowing machines to perform treatment plans for rehabilitation |
| US11325005B2 (en) * | 2019-10-03 | 2022-05-10 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for using machine learning to control an electromechanical device used for prehabilitation, rehabilitation, and/or exercise |
| US12220201B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2025-02-11 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Remote examination through augmented reality |
| US11270795B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2022-03-08 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for enabling physician-smart virtual conference rooms for use in a telehealth context |
| US20230245750A1 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2023-08-03 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for using elliptical machine to perform cardiovascular rehabilitation |
| US11075000B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2021-07-27 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for using virtual avatars associated with medical professionals during exercise sessions |
| US11515021B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2022-11-29 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Method and system to analytically optimize telehealth practice-based billing processes and revenue while enabling regulatory compliance |
| US11282604B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2022-03-22 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for use of telemedicine-enabled rehabilitative equipment for prediction of secondary disease |
| US11961603B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2024-04-16 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and method for using AI ML and telemedicine to perform bariatric rehabilitation via an electromechanical machine |
| US12478837B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2025-11-25 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for monitoring actual patient treatment progress using sensor data |
| US12191018B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2025-01-07 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and method for using artificial intelligence in telemedicine-enabled hardware to optimize rehabilitative routines capable of enabling remote rehabilitative compliance |
| US11923065B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2024-03-05 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for using artificial intelligence and machine learning to detect abnormal heart rhythms of a user performing a treatment plan with an electromechanical machine |
| US11955223B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2024-04-09 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and method for using artificial intelligence and machine learning to provide an enhanced user interface presenting data pertaining to cardiac health, bariatric health, pulmonary health, and/or cardio-oncologic health for the purpose of performing preventative actions |
| US12176089B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2024-12-24 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and method for using AI ML and telemedicine for cardio-oncologic rehabilitation via an electromechanical machine |
| US12420143B1 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2025-09-23 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and method for enabling residentially-based cardiac rehabilitation by using an electromechanical machine and educational content to mitigate risk factors and optimize user behavior |
| US11915816B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2024-02-27 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods of using artificial intelligence and machine learning in a telemedical environment to predict user disease states |
| US11087865B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2021-08-10 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and method for use of treatment device to reduce pain medication dependency |
| US12380984B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2025-08-05 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for using artificial intelligence and machine learning to generate treatment plans having dynamically tailored cardiac protocols for users to manage a state of an electromechanical machine |
| US11282599B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2022-03-22 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and method for use of telemedicine-enabled rehabilitative hardware and for encouragement of rehabilitative compliance through patient-based virtual shared sessions |
| US11887717B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2024-01-30 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and method for using AI, machine learning and telemedicine to perform pulmonary rehabilitation via an electromechanical machine |
| US12100499B2 (en) | 2020-08-06 | 2024-09-24 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for using artificial intelligence and machine learning to create optimal treatment plans based on monetary value amount generated and/or patient outcome |
| US12246222B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2025-03-11 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for using artificial intelligence to assign patients to cohorts and dynamically controlling a treatment apparatus based on the assignment during an adaptive telemedical session |
| US12427376B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2025-09-30 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for an artificial intelligence engine to optimize a peak performance |
| US12327623B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2025-06-10 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and method for processing medical claims |
| US11265234B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2022-03-01 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and method for transmitting data and ordering asynchronous data |
| US12020800B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2024-06-25 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and method for using AI/ML and telemedicine to integrate rehabilitation for a plurality of comorbid conditions |
| US12062425B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2024-08-13 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and method for implementing a cardiac rehabilitation protocol by using artificial intelligence and standardized measurements |
| US20220288462A1 (en) * | 2019-10-03 | 2022-09-15 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and method for generating treatment plans to enhance patient recovery based on specific occupations |
| US12347543B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2025-07-01 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for using artificial intelligence to implement a cardio protocol via a relay-based system |
| US12230382B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2025-02-18 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for using artificial intelligence and machine learning to predict a probability of an undesired medical event occurring during a treatment plan |
| US12469587B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2025-11-11 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for assigning healthcare professionals to remotely monitor users performing treatment plans on electromechanical machines |
| US11890468B1 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2024-02-06 | Cala Health, Inc. | Neurostimulation systems with event pattern detection and classification |
| US12087426B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2024-09-10 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for using AI ML to predict, based on data analytics or big data, an optimal number or range of rehabilitation sessions for a user |
| US20210134412A1 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2021-05-06 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and method for processing medical claims using biometric signatures |
| US11955222B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2024-04-09 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and method for determining, based on advanced metrics of actual performance of an electromechanical machine, medical procedure eligibility in order to ascertain survivability rates and measures of quality-of-life criteria |
| US11978559B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2024-05-07 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for remotely-enabled identification of a user infection |
| US11139060B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2021-10-05 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for creating an immersive enhanced reality-driven exercise experience for a user |
| US12224052B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2025-02-11 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and method for using AI, machine learning and telemedicine for long-term care via an electromechanical machine |
| US11282608B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2022-03-22 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for using artificial intelligence and machine learning to provide recommendations to a healthcare provider in or near real-time during a telemedicine session |
| US12230381B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2025-02-18 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and method for an enhanced healthcare professional user interface displaying measurement information for a plurality of users |
| US11955221B2 (en) | 2019-10-03 | 2024-04-09 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and method for using AI/ML to generate treatment plans to stimulate preferred angiogenesis |
| CN112641602B (en) * | 2019-10-10 | 2025-12-02 | 中船数字信息技术有限公司 | A gravity balancing device for rehabilitation exoskeleton robots |
| WO2021072367A1 (en) | 2019-10-11 | 2021-04-15 | Neurolutions, Inc. | Orthosis systems and rehabilitation of impaired body parts |
| US11826613B2 (en) | 2019-10-21 | 2023-11-28 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Persuasive motivation for orthopedic treatment |
| CN211325155U (en) * | 2019-10-22 | 2020-08-25 | 浙江德尚韵兴医疗科技有限公司 | Automatic ultrasonic scanning system |
| US12424319B2 (en) | 2019-11-06 | 2025-09-23 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System for remote treatment utilizing privacy controls |
| US11559724B2 (en) | 2019-12-03 | 2023-01-24 | David Lowell Norfleet-Vilaro | System to determine and dictate individual exercise thresholds to maximize desired neurological response |
| CN110788872A (en) * | 2019-12-09 | 2020-02-14 | 哈尔滨理工大学 | Foot both sides reflecting region massage robot |
| US10705597B1 (en) * | 2019-12-17 | 2020-07-07 | Liteboxer Technologies, Inc. | Interactive exercise and training system and method |
| KR102482933B1 (en) * | 2019-12-31 | 2023-01-03 | 대한민국 | System and apparatus for evaluation of speed-accuracy-tradeoff and training motor-cognitive dual-task |
| IT202100003941A1 (en) | 2021-02-19 | 2022-08-19 | Univ Della Calabria | DEVICE FOR THE REHABILITATION OF THE LIMBS |
| US11266879B2 (en) * | 2020-02-24 | 2022-03-08 | Hiwin Technologies Corp. | Adaptive active training system |
| WO2021188780A1 (en) | 2020-03-19 | 2021-09-23 | Proteus Motion Inc. | Exercise device |
| US12121768B2 (en) | 2020-03-19 | 2024-10-22 | Proteus Motion Inc. | Exercise device having a linear arm portion |
| US12442726B2 (en) | 2020-04-19 | 2025-10-14 | John J. Daniels | Mask-based testing system for detecting biomarkers in exhaled breath condensate, aerosols and gases |
| US12031982B2 (en) | 2020-04-19 | 2024-07-09 | John J. Daniels | Using exhaled breath condensate for testing for a biomarker of COVID-19 |
| US12369816B2 (en) | 2020-04-19 | 2025-07-29 | John J. Daniels | Mask-based diagnostic system using exhaled breath condensate |
| CN111493826A (en) * | 2020-04-21 | 2020-08-07 | 西安市红会医院 | Biomechanics simulation tester for spine |
| US11107591B1 (en) | 2020-04-23 | 2021-08-31 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for describing and recommending optimal treatment plans in adaptive telemedical or other contexts |
| CN111467186A (en) * | 2020-04-29 | 2020-07-31 | 卢元荣 | Rehabilitation treatment equipment for miniature leg muscle function training |
| US11999061B2 (en) * | 2020-05-12 | 2024-06-04 | Aescape, Inc. | Method and system for autonomous object manipulation |
| US11901061B2 (en) * | 2020-05-29 | 2024-02-13 | PT Genie, LLC | Adaptation of telehealth in physical therapy |
| EP4167917A1 (en) * | 2020-06-17 | 2023-04-26 | The Barnes Clinic Limited | Apparatus for giving automated manipulation of soft tissue parts of a person's body |
| CN115955937B (en) | 2020-06-26 | 2025-09-09 | 罗姆科技股份有限公司 | Systems, methods, and apparatus for anchoring an electronic device and measuring joint angles |
| CN111759716B (en) * | 2020-07-08 | 2022-03-29 | 张鹭 | Orthopedic spinal injury treatment device |
| JP7322831B2 (en) * | 2020-07-28 | 2023-08-08 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | TRAINING SYSTEM, TRAINING PLAN GENERATION METHOD AND PROGRAM |
| JP2022024766A (en) * | 2020-07-28 | 2022-02-09 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Training systems, training methods and programs |
| US11458366B2 (en) | 2020-07-28 | 2022-10-04 | Tonal Systems, Inc. | Haptic feedback |
| US11607586B1 (en) | 2020-08-03 | 2023-03-21 | Titin Km Biomedical Corp. | Shoulder strengthening apparatus |
| CN112089427B (en) * | 2020-08-31 | 2023-06-13 | 南京麦澜德医疗科技有限公司 | Finger joint rehabilitation training evaluation method and system |
| US12367960B2 (en) | 2020-09-15 | 2025-07-22 | Rom Technologies, Inc. | System and method for using AI ML and telemedicine to perform bariatric rehabilitation via an electromechanical machine |
| US11786421B2 (en) * | 2020-09-16 | 2023-10-17 | Toyota Motor North America, Inc. | Wheelchair systems with emergency stop features |
| CN112156431B (en) * | 2020-10-14 | 2021-08-13 | 邢子苓 | Efficient rehabilitation training device for upper and lower limbs and using method thereof |
| EP4228771A4 (en) * | 2020-10-19 | 2024-11-20 | Tonal Systems, Inc. | EXERCISE DEVICE WITH RETRACTABLE ARM |
| FR3115467B1 (en) * | 2020-10-22 | 2023-01-13 | Centre Nat Rech Scient | Device for rehabilitation, training or physical preparation |
| KR102519939B1 (en) * | 2020-11-16 | 2023-04-10 | 주식회사엑소시스템즈 | Server for managing digital prescription based on muscle examination |
| CN112690795B (en) * | 2020-12-22 | 2022-05-20 | 四川大学华西医院 | An accurate force sensing device for lower extremity weight-bearing |
| US12329692B2 (en) * | 2021-02-22 | 2025-06-17 | Christopher Joseph Elia | Robotic head holding system for surgical procedures, and associated devices and methods |
| CN113100755B (en) * | 2021-03-26 | 2023-01-24 | 河北工业大学 | Limb rehabilitation training and evaluating system based on visual tracking control |
| WO2022212520A1 (en) * | 2021-03-31 | 2022-10-06 | OrthoKinetic Track LLC | Artificial intelligence-based shoulder activity monitoring system |
| AU2021104614A4 (en) * | 2021-04-14 | 2021-09-23 | Madad Pty Ltd | A test method for assessing spinal and skeletal alignment |
| AU2021104660A4 (en) * | 2021-04-14 | 2021-09-30 | Madad Pty Ltd | A mattress test manikin-lateral position |
| CN113230086B (en) * | 2021-04-21 | 2022-02-22 | 广州中医药大学(广州中医药研究院) | Prevent osteoporosis's exercise device |
| EP4086916A1 (en) * | 2021-05-03 | 2022-11-09 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Patient positioning adaptive guidance system |
| US12403348B2 (en) * | 2021-05-13 | 2025-09-02 | Epower Motors Aps | Motorized strength training machine |
| CN114028153B (en) * | 2021-09-18 | 2024-04-02 | 深圳华鹊景医疗科技有限公司 | Rehabilitation robot and control method thereof |
| CN114171162B (en) * | 2021-12-03 | 2022-10-11 | 广州穗海新峰医疗设备制造股份有限公司 | Mirror neuron rehabilitation training method and system based on big data analysis |
| CN114082153B (en) * | 2021-12-04 | 2022-12-09 | 郑州大学 | An exercise device for stroke patients |
| US11857481B2 (en) | 2022-02-28 | 2024-01-02 | Therabody, Inc. | System for electrical connection of massage attachment to percussive therapy device |
| CN114870325B (en) * | 2022-05-20 | 2024-11-22 | 深圳市第三人民医院 | Intelligent upper limb rehabilitation training device |
| CN114869306B (en) * | 2022-06-14 | 2025-03-21 | 东南大学 | Adaptive control method and system of upper limb rehabilitation robot based on game theory and sEMG |
| JP7369246B1 (en) | 2022-07-13 | 2023-10-25 | 有限会社クラブクリエイト | training equipment |
| US12377008B2 (en) * | 2022-07-25 | 2025-08-05 | Hiwin Technologies Corp. | Method for real-time adjustment of gait training parameter |
| CN115026837A (en) * | 2022-07-25 | 2022-09-09 | 武汉科技大学 | A kind of aerial work robot and its remote control method and remote control system |
| WO2024059348A1 (en) * | 2022-09-18 | 2024-03-21 | Gymbot, Llc | Normalized isokinetic strength training performance and prescription |
| KR102651985B1 (en) * | 2022-09-19 | 2024-03-26 | 배재대학교 산학협력단 | Virtual reality-based mobility aid apparatus experience system |
| US12295900B1 (en) | 2022-12-21 | 2025-05-13 | Therabody, Inc. | Systems, methods, and devices for percussive massage therapy with voice activation |
| US12447618B2 (en) * | 2022-12-21 | 2025-10-21 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Techniques for constraining motion of a drivable assembly |
| US11992455B1 (en) * | 2023-05-08 | 2024-05-28 | Aescape, Inc. | User adjustment of robotic massage |
| FR3148908A1 (en) * | 2023-05-24 | 2024-11-29 | Mohammed Elsaeh | Body part rehabilitation system with haptic device |
| CN116637002A (en) * | 2023-05-26 | 2023-08-25 | 安杰莱科技(杭州)有限公司 | Correction method and device for rehabilitation position of upper limb rehabilitation robot |
| US12402686B2 (en) | 2023-06-14 | 2025-09-02 | Therabody, Inc. | Articles of footwear having therapeutic assemblies |
| WO2025019854A1 (en) * | 2023-07-20 | 2025-01-23 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Mobile physical telemedicine |
| WO2025059992A1 (en) | 2023-09-21 | 2025-03-27 | Therabody, Inc. | Systems, methods, and devices for percussive massage therapy |
| CN119274747B (en) * | 2024-12-10 | 2025-03-04 | 北京天星医疗股份有限公司 | Rehabilitation training evaluation method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium |
Family Cites Families (173)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US2206902A (en) * | 1935-04-29 | 1940-07-09 | Kost Alwin | Foot corrective device |
| US3745990A (en) | 1969-05-21 | 1973-07-17 | H Neis | Human motor coordination measuring apparatus |
| US3919691A (en) * | 1971-05-26 | 1975-11-11 | Bell Telephone Labor Inc | Tactile man-machine communication system |
| US3824991A (en) | 1972-09-05 | 1974-07-23 | W Whitaker | Therapeutic chair for exercising back muscles |
| US3929462A (en) * | 1974-10-21 | 1975-12-30 | Irving Karmin | Pattern training apparatus |
| DE7531129U (en) * | 1975-10-02 | 1976-03-18 | Schuckmann, Alfred Von, 5657 Haan | WORK SEAT |
| CA1021818A (en) * | 1976-10-01 | 1977-11-29 | A. Marcel Giguere | Apparatus for progressive and controlled physiotherapy of the human foot after an accident |
| US4306714A (en) * | 1980-04-07 | 1981-12-22 | Loomis Joseph L | Iso-energetic ankle exerciser |
| US4724842A (en) * | 1982-05-19 | 1988-02-16 | Charters Thomas H | Method and apparatus for muscle stimulation |
| US5269318A (en) | 1982-08-16 | 1993-12-14 | Neurocom International Inc. | Apparatus and method for movement coordination analysis |
| JPS5971151A (en) | 1982-10-15 | 1984-04-21 | Clarion Co Ltd | Rapid traverse/rewinding mechanism |
| US4499900A (en) | 1982-11-26 | 1985-02-19 | Wright State University | System and method for treating paralyzed persons |
| JPS59160455A (en) | 1983-03-03 | 1984-09-11 | 半田 康延 | Apparatus for restoring paralyzed upper arm function of heavy limb paralyzed patient by upper motion nerve obstacle |
| US4582049A (en) | 1983-09-12 | 1986-04-15 | Ylvisaker Carl J | Patient initiated response method |
| JPS60200312A (en) * | 1984-03-26 | 1985-10-09 | Hitachi Ltd | Automatic device for graphic practice or the like |
| JPS6171984A (en) * | 1984-09-17 | 1986-04-12 | 三菱重工業株式会社 | General-purpose master operating section for steering type manipulator |
| US4691694A (en) | 1984-11-29 | 1987-09-08 | Biodex Corporation | Muscle exercise and rehabilitation apparatus |
| JPS61217174A (en) | 1985-03-22 | 1986-09-26 | 新技術事業団 | Biological function reconstruction device using functional electrical stimulation |
| JPS61265151A (en) | 1985-05-17 | 1986-11-22 | カ−ル、ジエ−、イルビセイカ− | Method for allowing patient to begin re-training of weakenedmuscle group |
| US4685928A (en) | 1985-10-04 | 1987-08-11 | Ivan Yaeger | Artificial arm and hand assembly |
| US4773398A (en) | 1985-11-14 | 1988-09-27 | Tatom Andrew J | Physical therapy apparatus |
| US4765610A (en) * | 1986-08-21 | 1988-08-23 | Sidwell David A | Accessory for weightlifting equipment |
| US5070873A (en) | 1987-02-13 | 1991-12-10 | Sigmedics, Inc. | Method of and apparatus for electrically stimulating quadriceps muscles of an upper motor unit paraplegic |
| US4883067A (en) * | 1987-05-15 | 1989-11-28 | Neurosonics, Inc. | Method and apparatus for translating the EEG into music to induce and control various psychological and physiological states and to control a musical instrument |
| US4824104A (en) * | 1987-07-10 | 1989-04-25 | Bloch Ralph F | Isokinetic exercise method and apparatus, using frictional braking |
| US4907571A (en) | 1987-08-21 | 1990-03-13 | Infutec Inc. | Apparatus for the practice of ambulation |
| DE3732883A1 (en) | 1987-09-30 | 1989-04-20 | Kurt Berroth | APPARATUS FOR POSITIVE MUSCLE TRAINING |
| JPH01316815A (en) * | 1988-06-17 | 1989-12-21 | Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> | Three-dimensional indication device |
| JPH0227420A (en) * | 1988-07-15 | 1990-01-30 | A T R Tsushin Syst Kenkyusho:Kk | Three-dimensional coordinate input controller and three-dimensional coordinates inputting method |
| US4936299A (en) * | 1988-09-16 | 1990-06-26 | Metropolitan Center For High Technology | Method and apparatus for rehabilitation of disabled patients |
| JPH02102652A (en) | 1988-10-12 | 1990-04-16 | Nippon Avionics Co Ltd | rehabilitation training device |
| US4987767A (en) | 1989-06-09 | 1991-01-29 | Research Corporation Technologies, Inc. | Exposive detection screening system |
| JPH0344600A (en) | 1989-07-12 | 1991-02-26 | Toshiba Corp | Transferring equipment of spent resin |
| US5358251A (en) * | 1989-08-14 | 1994-10-25 | Ashton James T | Golf training aid/simulator |
| US4966413A (en) * | 1989-08-17 | 1990-10-30 | Palarski Timothy D | Articulated relaxation chair |
| JPH0339345U (en) * | 1989-08-22 | 1991-04-16 | ||
| JPH0381786A (en) | 1989-08-25 | 1991-04-08 | Hitachi Koki Co Ltd | How to adjust the output of the light source for optical printers |
| JPH0344600U (en) * | 1989-09-07 | 1991-04-25 | ||
| JPH0381786U (en) * | 1989-12-12 | 1991-08-21 | ||
| JPH0387629U (en) * | 1989-12-21 | 1991-09-06 | ||
| US5244441A (en) * | 1990-01-31 | 1993-09-14 | Loredan Biomedical, Inc. | Position-based motion controller |
| US5231998A (en) * | 1990-06-25 | 1993-08-03 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Whole-arm orthosis for steadying limb motion |
| US5048826A (en) | 1990-08-23 | 1991-09-17 | Ryan William C | Safety apparatus for use with barbell assembly |
| US5179939A (en) | 1990-08-27 | 1993-01-19 | Sutter Corporation | Passive anatomic shoulder exerciser |
| US5158074A (en) * | 1990-12-19 | 1992-10-27 | Sutter Corporation | Rehabilitation patient positioning device |
| US5211161A (en) * | 1991-01-22 | 1993-05-18 | Compagnie Generale De Materiel Orthopedique | Three axis passive motion exerciser |
| US5201772A (en) | 1991-01-31 | 1993-04-13 | Maxwell Scott M | System for resisting limb movement |
| US5391128A (en) | 1991-06-06 | 1995-02-21 | Rahabilitation Institute Of Michigan | Object delivery exercise system and method |
| JPH057608A (en) * | 1991-07-05 | 1993-01-19 | Tobetetsuku:Kk | Walking training device |
| US5476103A (en) | 1991-10-10 | 1995-12-19 | Neurocom International, Inc. | Apparatus and method for assessment and biofeedback training of leg coordination and strength skills |
| JP2803694B2 (en) | 1991-10-28 | 1998-09-24 | エスエムシー 株式会社 | Control system for actuator |
| US5312439A (en) * | 1991-12-12 | 1994-05-17 | Loeb Gerald E | Implantable device having an electrolytic storage electrode |
| US5193540A (en) * | 1991-12-18 | 1993-03-16 | Alfred E. Mann Foundation For Scientific Research | Structure and method of manufacture of an implantable microstimulator |
| US5193539A (en) | 1991-12-18 | 1993-03-16 | Alfred E. Mann Foundation For Scientific Research | Implantable microstimulator |
| US5282460A (en) * | 1992-01-06 | 1994-02-01 | Joyce Ann Boldt | Three axis mechanical joint for a power assist device |
| US5413611A (en) | 1992-07-21 | 1995-05-09 | Mcp Services, Inc. | Computerized electronic prosthesis apparatus and method |
| US5343856A (en) * | 1992-11-18 | 1994-09-06 | Proctor Alfred E | Complete body passive exercise machine |
| US5454774A (en) | 1993-02-18 | 1995-10-03 | Davis; Ronald R. | Goal oriented learning device |
| US5311880A (en) * | 1993-04-14 | 1994-05-17 | Lancaster Eric B | Method and apparatus for objective evaluation of patient ambulation, balance and weight bearing status |
| US5476428A (en) * | 1993-05-20 | 1995-12-19 | Computer Sports Medicine, Inc. | Asymmetric force applicator attachment for weight stack type exercise machines |
| US5466213A (en) * | 1993-07-06 | 1995-11-14 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Interactive robotic therapist |
| US5954621A (en) * | 1993-07-09 | 1999-09-21 | Kinetecs, Inc. | Exercise apparatus and technique |
| AU688348B2 (en) | 1993-07-09 | 1998-03-12 | Kinetecs, Inc. | Exercise apparatus and technique |
| US6057828A (en) | 1993-07-16 | 2000-05-02 | Immersion Corporation | Method and apparatus for providing force sensations in virtual environments in accordance with host software |
| US5397865A (en) | 1993-11-15 | 1995-03-14 | Park; Noel S. | Digitizing tablet with display and plot capability, and methods of training a user |
| JP3638627B2 (en) | 1993-12-14 | 2005-04-13 | 株式会社日本メディックス | Walking training device |
| US5474520A (en) * | 1994-03-14 | 1995-12-12 | Bittikofer; Raymond P. | Apparatus for producing multiple motions |
| US5411044A (en) * | 1994-04-12 | 1995-05-02 | Andolfi; Alexander S. | Patient transfer walker |
| US5846086A (en) | 1994-07-01 | 1998-12-08 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | System for human trajectory learning in virtual environments |
| US5919115A (en) * | 1994-10-28 | 1999-07-06 | The Regents Of Theuniversity Of California | Adaptive exercise machine |
| IL111636A0 (en) * | 1994-11-14 | 1995-01-24 | Rogozinski Joseph | Patient lifting and support systems |
| JPH08322189A (en) | 1995-05-23 | 1996-12-03 | Nippon Seiko Kk | Electric linear actuator |
| JP3126901B2 (en) | 1995-05-24 | 2001-01-22 | シャープ株式会社 | Three-dimensional input device and input / output device using three-dimensional input device |
| US5662693A (en) * | 1995-06-05 | 1997-09-02 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Air Force | Mobility assist for the paralyzed, amputeed and spastic person |
| US5616104A (en) * | 1995-08-10 | 1997-04-01 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Administrator Of The National Aeronautics And Space Administration | Human powered centrifuge |
| US5836304A (en) | 1995-08-21 | 1998-11-17 | Kellinger; Frederick J. | Computer system for cognitive rehabilitation |
| JP3087629B2 (en) | 1995-11-01 | 2000-09-11 | ダイキン工業株式会社 | Ice storage device |
| US6061004A (en) | 1995-11-26 | 2000-05-09 | Immersion Corporation | Providing force feedback using an interface device including an indexing function |
| JP3039345B2 (en) | 1995-12-19 | 2000-05-08 | 住友電装株式会社 | Flat cable connector and jig for surface mount connector |
| JPH09173499A (en) * | 1995-12-27 | 1997-07-08 | Takahashi Shoji Kk | Training device |
| WO1997029802A2 (en) * | 1996-02-20 | 1997-08-21 | Advanced Bionics Corporation | Improved implantable microstimulator and systems employing the same |
| JP3081786B2 (en) | 1996-04-11 | 2000-08-28 | 日本電信電話株式会社 | High frequency semiconductor device |
| DE19615392C1 (en) * | 1996-04-18 | 1998-01-15 | Bavaria Patente & Lizenzen | Training, diagnostic and rehabilitation device like a bicycle ergometer |
| JP3044600B2 (en) | 1996-07-10 | 2000-05-22 | 常田 一明 | Mask door and mask mounting method |
| JPH1048540A (en) | 1996-07-29 | 1998-02-20 | Asahi Optical Co Ltd | Endoscope and endoscopic device |
| US5690389A (en) | 1996-09-09 | 1997-11-25 | Ekman; June | Pneumatic, ball-shaped chair |
| US5755645A (en) | 1997-01-09 | 1998-05-26 | Boston Biomotion, Inc. | Exercise apparatus |
| JPH10207624A (en) | 1997-01-20 | 1998-08-07 | Taito Corp | Joystick for games |
| US6004244A (en) | 1997-02-13 | 1999-12-21 | Cybex International, Inc. | Simulated hill-climbing exercise apparatus and method of exercising |
| AU6667698A (en) | 1997-02-26 | 1998-09-18 | Alfred E. Mann Foundation For Scientific Research | Battery-powered patient implantable device |
| IT1291169B1 (en) | 1997-03-06 | 1998-12-29 | Violetta Dario Riva | INTERACTIVE OPERATING BALANCE PLATE DEVICE. |
| EP1011797A4 (en) | 1997-03-27 | 2007-01-10 | Alfred E Mann Foundation | SYSTEM OF IMPLANTABLE DEVICES FOR OBSERVING AND / OR INFLUENCING BODY PARAMETERS |
| US6064912A (en) * | 1997-03-28 | 2000-05-16 | Kenney; John P. | Orthotic/electrotherapy for treating contractures due to immobility |
| US6063046A (en) | 1997-04-11 | 2000-05-16 | Allum; John H. | Method and apparatus for the diagnosis and rehabilitation of balance disorders |
| US5830160A (en) | 1997-04-18 | 1998-11-03 | Reinkensmeyer; David J. | Movement guiding system for quantifying diagnosing and treating impaired movement performance |
| JP3044600U (en) | 1997-06-20 | 1997-12-22 | 筱琴 沈 | Muscle extension exercise device |
| JPH119574A (en) | 1997-06-24 | 1999-01-19 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Motor function testing device |
| JP3048540B2 (en) | 1997-07-29 | 2000-06-05 | 信越ポリマー株式会社 | Tying strap |
| JP3570208B2 (en) | 1997-09-25 | 2004-09-29 | 松下電工株式会社 | Exercise analyzer and exercise assist device |
| FR2769510B1 (en) * | 1997-10-14 | 1999-11-26 | Alain Bardon | HUMAN BODY REBALANCING APPARATUS |
| JP3048540U (en) | 1997-10-31 | 1998-05-15 | 株式会社テックイチ | Rehabilitation equipment |
| JPH11253504A (en) | 1998-03-12 | 1999-09-21 | Sanyo Electric Co Ltd | Upper limb motion assisting device |
| US6354945B1 (en) | 1998-05-20 | 2002-03-12 | Alps Electric Co., Ltd. | Controller |
| JP3927340B2 (en) | 1998-07-28 | 2007-06-06 | 松下電工株式会社 | Method and apparatus for determining balance ability |
| AU5391999A (en) * | 1998-08-04 | 2000-02-28 | Intuitive Surgical, Inc. | Manipulator positioning linkage for robotic surgery |
| AU5687299A (en) * | 1998-08-21 | 2000-03-14 | James C. Hunter | Abdominal/lowback isolation apparatus |
| US6379393B1 (en) | 1998-09-14 | 2002-04-30 | Rutgers, The State University Of New Jersey | Prosthetic, orthotic, and other rehabilitative robotic assistive devices actuated by smart materials |
| JP2000112335A (en) * | 1998-10-04 | 2000-04-21 | Hiroyasu Yamamoto | Writing and copying function promoting and training device |
| DE19846982C2 (en) * | 1998-10-12 | 2001-05-17 | Siemens Ag | Method and system for monitoring a user's posture on exercise equipment |
| US6676570B2 (en) * | 1998-10-19 | 2004-01-13 | Alexander Valentino | Adjustable rehabilitation exercise device |
| US6774885B1 (en) * | 1999-01-20 | 2004-08-10 | Motek B.V. | System for dynamic registration, evaluation, and correction of functional human behavior |
| US6152855A (en) * | 1999-02-03 | 2000-11-28 | Synergy Innovations, Inc. | In-bed exercise machine and method of use |
| JP2000279463A (en) | 1999-03-31 | 2000-10-10 | Sanyo Electric Co Ltd | Training device for superior limb function recovery |
| GB9923400D0 (en) | 1999-10-05 | 1999-12-08 | Sms Technologies Limited | Balance monitoring |
| US6870438B1 (en) | 1999-11-10 | 2005-03-22 | Kyocera Corporation | Multi-layered wiring board for slot coupling a transmission line to a waveguide |
| JP4468532B2 (en) | 2000-01-28 | 2010-05-26 | 株式会社ダイヘン | Training equipment |
| US6277057B1 (en) * | 2000-02-28 | 2001-08-21 | Craig Hayden | Ankle rehabilitation device |
| US7189190B2 (en) | 2000-03-10 | 2007-03-13 | Nautilus, Inc. | Group program for resistance exercise training |
| US6645126B1 (en) | 2000-04-10 | 2003-11-11 | Biodex Medical Systems, Inc. | Patient rehabilitation aid that varies treadmill belt speed to match a user's own step cycle based on leg length or step length |
| US6592315B2 (en) * | 2000-05-08 | 2003-07-15 | William Joseph Osborne, Jr. | Self-feeding apparatus with hover mode |
| ATE319371T1 (en) | 2000-05-18 | 2006-03-15 | Commwell Inc | CHAIR AND ADDITIONAL DEVICE WITH MEDICAL DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT IN A REMOTE HEALTH MONITORING SYSTEM |
| FR2809615B3 (en) | 2000-06-02 | 2003-06-06 | Stephane Michel Legrand | ELECTROMECHANICAL APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING BENDING / EXTENSION MOVEMENT OF LOWER LIMBS IN PATIENTS WITH REDUCED SUPERIOR FUNCTIONS |
| US6391732B1 (en) | 2000-06-16 | 2002-05-21 | Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing Ltd. | Method to form self-aligned, L-shaped sidewall spacers |
| DE20012489U1 (en) * | 2000-07-19 | 2000-11-30 | Siebold, Dirk-Horst, 33758 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock | Training device |
| WO2002013673A2 (en) | 2000-08-15 | 2002-02-21 | Stimel Ltd. | Electrostimulation system with electromyographic and visual biofeedback |
| JP2002065891A (en) | 2000-08-31 | 2002-03-05 | Daiichikosho Co Ltd | Rehabilitation support device |
| US6613000B1 (en) * | 2000-09-30 | 2003-09-02 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Method and apparatus for mass-delivered movement rehabilitation |
| JP2002126019A (en) | 2000-10-24 | 2002-05-08 | Tik:Kk | Leg training device |
| JP2002127058A (en) * | 2000-10-26 | 2002-05-08 | Sanyo Electric Co Ltd | Training robot, training robot system and training robot control method |
| AU2001295801A1 (en) * | 2000-10-27 | 2002-05-06 | Makex Limited | Haptic input device |
| JP2002263213A (en) | 2001-03-08 | 2002-09-17 | Combi Corp | Training device operation system and method |
| US6839594B2 (en) * | 2001-04-26 | 2005-01-04 | Biocontrol Medical Ltd | Actuation and control of limbs through motor nerve stimulation |
| JP3081786U (en) | 2001-05-16 | 2001-11-22 | 英夫 大河 | Manual lower limb joint bending device |
| ATE308362T1 (en) | 2001-05-16 | 2005-11-15 | Fond Suisse Pour Les Cyberthes | THERAPEUTIC AND/OR EXERCISE DEVICE FOR A PERSON'S LOWER LIMBS |
| JP2002351993A (en) | 2001-05-29 | 2002-12-06 | Nec Soft Ltd | Health advice system and method and program for the system |
| US6852086B2 (en) | 2001-06-18 | 2005-02-08 | Dan Atlas | Detection of signs of attempted deception and other emotional stresses by detecting changes in weight distribution of a standing or sitting person |
| US6960715B2 (en) * | 2001-08-16 | 2005-11-01 | Humanbeams, Inc. | Music instrument system and methods |
| US6689026B2 (en) | 2001-08-20 | 2004-02-10 | Stephen J. Almada | Abdominal exercise station |
| US6878102B1 (en) * | 2001-08-21 | 2005-04-12 | Luis Alberto Commisso | Leg-ankle-foot exercise assembly |
| US6644976B2 (en) | 2001-09-10 | 2003-11-11 | Epoch Innovations Ltd | Apparatus, method and computer program product to produce or direct movements in synergic timed correlation with physiological activity |
| JP2003093451A (en) | 2001-09-25 | 2003-04-02 | Enplas Corp | Walking assist cart |
| US7209788B2 (en) | 2001-10-29 | 2007-04-24 | Duke University | Closed loop brain machine interface |
| JP4019119B2 (en) | 2001-11-30 | 2007-12-12 | 学校法人高知工科大学 | Walking support machine for patients with Parkinson's syndrome |
| US6829510B2 (en) * | 2001-12-18 | 2004-12-07 | Ness Neuromuscular Electrical Stimulation Systems Ltd. | Surface neuroprosthetic device having an internal cushion interface system |
| JP2003190235A (en) | 2001-12-28 | 2003-07-08 | Shunichi Iijima | Ankle turning health device |
| JP3087629U (en) | 2002-01-30 | 2002-08-16 | 木大實業股▲ふん▼有限公司 | Rehabilitation machine |
| MXPA02004029A (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2003-10-22 | Moises Bucay Bissu | Electronic system of variable resistance to be applied in electric devices to perform physical exercises. |
| JP4527929B2 (en) | 2002-05-08 | 2010-08-18 | 衛 光石 | Reduction device |
| JP2004008751A (en) * | 2002-06-06 | 2004-01-15 | Kensei Go | Remote rehabilitation supporting system |
| EP1552492A4 (en) | 2002-06-18 | 2008-06-11 | Univ Iowa Res Found | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE FOR A PARALYSIS AND NON-PARALYSIS NEUROMUSCULOSKELETAL DRIVE SYSTEM |
| US7396337B2 (en) | 2002-11-21 | 2008-07-08 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Powered orthotic device |
| US6966882B2 (en) | 2002-11-25 | 2005-11-22 | Tibion Corporation | Active muscle assistance device and method |
| JP2004174692A (en) | 2002-11-29 | 2004-06-24 | Mitsubishi Heavy Ind Ltd | Man-machine robot and control method of man machine robot |
| US7725175B2 (en) | 2002-12-04 | 2010-05-25 | Kinetic Muscles, Inc. | System and method for neuromuscular reeducation |
| US7115078B1 (en) * | 2003-02-21 | 2006-10-03 | Kalember Robert S | Orbital resistance-adjustable sphere exercising apparatus |
| US7163488B2 (en) | 2003-04-16 | 2007-01-16 | Anders Douglas H | Free weight assistance and training device |
| US7044558B2 (en) * | 2003-06-04 | 2006-05-16 | Ciber Chiu | Ball chair with a retaining device |
| DE602005014097D1 (en) | 2004-02-05 | 2009-06-04 | Motorika Ltd | REHABILITATION WITH MUSIC |
| ATE429949T1 (en) | 2004-02-05 | 2009-05-15 | Motorika Ltd | NEUROMUSCULAR STIMULATION |
| US20060293617A1 (en) * | 2004-02-05 | 2006-12-28 | Reability Inc. | Methods and apparatuses for rehabilitation and training |
| US20080070752A1 (en) | 2004-02-05 | 2008-03-20 | Motorika, Inc. | Fine Motor Control Rehabilitation |
| EP1729710A4 (en) | 2004-02-05 | 2012-03-07 | Motorika Ltd | Gait rehabilitiation methods and apparatuses |
| WO2005074372A2 (en) * | 2004-02-05 | 2005-08-18 | Motorika Inc. | Methods and apparatus for rehabilitation and training |
| US8915871B2 (en) | 2004-02-05 | 2014-12-23 | Motorika Limited | Methods and apparatuses for rehabilitation exercise and training |
| US7341548B2 (en) * | 2004-05-18 | 2008-03-11 | Charles J. Heitzman | Ball and frame exercising apparatus |
| CA2584612A1 (en) | 2004-08-25 | 2006-03-02 | Motorika Limited | Motor training with brain plasticity |
| US20060277074A1 (en) | 2004-12-07 | 2006-12-07 | Motorika, Inc. | Rehabilitation methods |
| WO2006061834A2 (en) | 2004-12-07 | 2006-06-15 | Tylerton International Inc. | Device and method for training, rehabilitation and/or support |
| US7901368B2 (en) | 2005-01-06 | 2011-03-08 | Braingate Co., Llc | Neurally controlled patient ambulation system |
| US20060189899A1 (en) | 2005-01-10 | 2006-08-24 | Flaherty J Christopher | Joint movement apparatus |
| US20060229164A1 (en) | 2005-03-28 | 2006-10-12 | Tylertone International Inc. | Apparatuses for retrofitting exercise equipment and methods for using same |
| US8165685B1 (en) | 2005-09-29 | 2012-04-24 | Case Western Reserve University | System and method for therapeutic neuromuscular electrical stimulation |
| US8926534B2 (en) * | 2006-09-19 | 2015-01-06 | Myomo, Inc. | Powered orthotic device and method of using same |
-
2005
- 2005-02-04 WO PCT/IL2005/000141 patent/WO2005074372A2/en not_active Ceased
- 2005-02-04 KR KR1020067017991A patent/KR20070054596A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2005-02-04 US US10/597,633 patent/US8753296B2/en active Active
- 2005-02-04 CA CA002555239A patent/CA2555239A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2005-02-04 EP EP05703184.1A patent/EP1734912B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2005-02-04 JP JP2006552013A patent/JP5088771B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2005-02-04 EP EP05703183A patent/EP1732495A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2005-02-04 MX MXPA06008920A patent/MXPA06008920A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2005-02-04 WO PCT/IL2005/000142 patent/WO2005074373A2/en not_active Ceased
- 2005-02-04 WO PCT/IL2005/000140 patent/WO2005074371A2/en not_active Ceased
- 2005-02-04 US US10/597,671 patent/US8545420B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2005-02-04 EP EP05703185A patent/EP1734913A4/en not_active Ceased
- 2005-02-04 JP JP2006552015A patent/JP5105508B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2005-02-04 US US10/597,675 patent/US8012107B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2005-02-04 JP JP2006552014A patent/JP4864725B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2008
- 2008-10-27 US US12/289,402 patent/US20090062698A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2009
- 2009-02-09 JP JP2009027772A patent/JP4927111B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2014
- 2014-06-16 US US14/305,178 patent/US10039682B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2018
- 2018-08-06 US US16/055,268 patent/US20190021929A1/en not_active Abandoned
Non-Patent Citations (1)
| Title |
|---|
| None * |
Cited By (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| RU2738539C1 (en) * | 2020-03-30 | 2020-12-14 | Андрей Борисович Погорелов | Health-improving complex |
| IT202200009317A1 (en) * | 2022-05-06 | 2023-11-06 | Consiglio Nazionale Ricerche | Device for bilateral rehabilitation |
| WO2023214349A1 (en) * | 2022-05-06 | 2023-11-09 | Consiglio Nazionale Delle Ricerche | Device for bilateral rehabilitation |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| EP1734912B1 (en) | Apparatus for rehabilitation and training | |
| US8177732B2 (en) | Methods and apparatuses for rehabilitation and training | |
| JP4863815B2 (en) | Instruments for rehabilitation and training | |
| US20080139975A1 (en) | Rehabilitation With Music | |
| US8915871B2 (en) | Methods and apparatuses for rehabilitation exercise and training | |
| US8888723B2 (en) | Gait rehabilitation methods and apparatuses | |
| JP5140760B2 (en) | Portable device for upper limb rehabilitation | |
| EP1850824B1 (en) | Methods and apparatuses for rehabilitation and training | |
| JP2007244437A (en) | Method and machine for rehabilitation and training | |
| WO2008047355A2 (en) | Methods and gyroscopic apparatus for rehabilitation training | |
| Feldman | A robot-assisted system for at-home telerehabilitation |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| PUAI | Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012 |
|
| 17P | Request for examination filed |
Effective date: 20060905 |
|
| AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: A2 Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR |
|
| DAX | Request for extension of the european patent (deleted) | ||
| RAP1 | Party data changed (applicant data changed or rights of an application transferred) |
Owner name: MOTORIKA LTD. |
|
| RAP1 | Party data changed (applicant data changed or rights of an application transferred) |
Owner name: MOTORIKA LTD. |
|
| A4 | Supplementary search report drawn up and despatched |
Effective date: 20120711 |
|
| RIC1 | Information provided on ipc code assigned before grant |
Ipc: G09B 23/32 20060101ALI20120705BHEP Ipc: A61H 1/02 20060101AFI20120705BHEP Ipc: G09B 23/28 20060101ALI20120705BHEP |
|
| 17Q | First examination report despatched |
Effective date: 20130319 |
|
| REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: DE Ref legal event code: R079 Ref document number: 602005054668 Country of ref document: DE Free format text: PREVIOUS MAIN CLASS: A61H0001000000 Ipc: A61H0001020000 |
|
| GRAP | Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR1 |
|
| STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: GRANT OF PATENT IS INTENDED |
|
| RIC1 | Information provided on ipc code assigned before grant |
Ipc: A61B 5/11 20060101ALI20180206BHEP Ipc: G09B 23/28 20060101ALI20180206BHEP Ipc: A63B 23/035 20060101ALI20180206BHEP Ipc: A61B 34/30 20160101ALI20180206BHEP Ipc: A63B 21/00 20060101ALI20180206BHEP Ipc: A63B 21/005 20060101ALI20180206BHEP Ipc: A63B 71/00 20060101ALI20180206BHEP Ipc: A61B 5/00 20060101ALI20180206BHEP Ipc: A63B 71/06 20060101ALI20180206BHEP Ipc: A63B 23/12 20060101ALI20180206BHEP Ipc: A61B 5/16 20060101ALI20180206BHEP Ipc: A63B 22/00 20060101ALI20180206BHEP Ipc: G09B 23/32 20060101ALI20180206BHEP Ipc: A61B 5/22 20060101ALI20180206BHEP Ipc: A63B 24/00 20060101ALI20180206BHEP Ipc: A61H 1/02 20060101AFI20180206BHEP |
|
| INTG | Intention to grant announced |
Effective date: 20180305 |
|
| GRAS | Grant fee paid |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR3 |
|
| GRAA | (expected) grant |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009210 |
|
| STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: THE PATENT HAS BEEN GRANTED |
|
| AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: B1 Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR |
|
| REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: GB Ref legal event code: FG4D |
|
| REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: CH Ref legal event code: EP |
|
| REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: AT Ref legal event code: REF Ref document number: 1045139 Country of ref document: AT Kind code of ref document: T Effective date: 20181015 |
|
| REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: IE Ref legal event code: FG4D |
|
| REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: DE Ref legal event code: R096 Ref document number: 602005054668 Country of ref document: DE |
|
| REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: NL Ref legal event code: MP Effective date: 20180926 |
|
| PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: SE Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20180926 Ref country code: BG Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20181226 Ref country code: LT Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20180926 Ref country code: FI Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20180926 Ref country code: GR Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20181227 |
|
| REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: LT Ref legal event code: MG4D |
|
| REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: AT Ref legal event code: MK05 Ref document number: 1045139 Country of ref document: AT Kind code of ref document: T Effective date: 20180926 |
|
| PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: RO Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20180926 Ref country code: CZ Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20180926 Ref country code: EE Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20180926 Ref country code: IT Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20180926 Ref country code: AT Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20180926 Ref country code: ES Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20180926 Ref country code: NL Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20180926 Ref country code: IS Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20190126 Ref country code: PL Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20180926 |
|
| PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: SK Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20180926 Ref country code: PT Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20190126 |
|
| REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: DE Ref legal event code: R097 Ref document number: 602005054668 Country of ref document: DE |
|
| PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: DK Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20180926 |
|
| PLBE | No opposition filed within time limit |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009261 |
|
| STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: NO OPPOSITION FILED WITHIN TIME LIMIT |
|
| 26N | No opposition filed |
Effective date: 20190627 |
|
| REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: CH Ref legal event code: PL |
|
| PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: LU Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20190204 Ref country code: MC Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20180926 Ref country code: SI Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20180926 |
|
| REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: BE Ref legal event code: MM Effective date: 20190228 |
|
| REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: IE Ref legal event code: MM4A |
|
| PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: LI Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20190228 Ref country code: CH Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20190228 |
|
| PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: IE Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20190204 |
|
| PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: BE Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20190228 |
|
| PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: TR Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20180926 |
|
| PGFP | Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: FR Payment date: 20200219 Year of fee payment: 16 |
|
| PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: CY Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT Effective date: 20180926 |
|
| PGFP | Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: GB Payment date: 20210219 Year of fee payment: 17 Ref country code: DE Payment date: 20210217 Year of fee payment: 17 |
|
| PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: HU Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT; INVALID AB INITIO Effective date: 20050204 |
|
| PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: FR Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20210228 |
|
| REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: DE Ref legal event code: R119 Ref document number: 602005054668 Country of ref document: DE |
|
| GBPC | Gb: european patent ceased through non-payment of renewal fee |
Effective date: 20220204 |
|
| PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: GB Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20220204 Ref country code: DE Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20220901 |

